WO2014017357A1 - Image forming device - Google Patents
Image forming device Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2014017357A1 WO2014017357A1 PCT/JP2013/069418 JP2013069418W WO2014017357A1 WO 2014017357 A1 WO2014017357 A1 WO 2014017357A1 JP 2013069418 W JP2013069418 W JP 2013069418W WO 2014017357 A1 WO2014017357 A1 WO 2014017357A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- image forming
- toner
- forming apparatus
- opening
- toner cartridge
- Prior art date
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03G—ELECTROGRAPHY; ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHY; MAGNETOGRAPHY
- G03G21/00—Arrangements not provided for by groups G03G13/00 - G03G19/00, e.g. cleaning, elimination of residual charge
- G03G21/16—Mechanical means for facilitating the maintenance of the apparatus, e.g. modular arrangements
- G03G21/1604—Arrangement or disposition of the entire apparatus
- G03G21/1623—Means to access the interior of the apparatus
- G03G21/1633—Means to access the interior of the apparatus using doors or covers
Definitions
- the present invention relates to an image forming apparatus that includes a toner cartridge and forms a visible image with toner supplied from the toner cartridge.
- the present invention also relates to an image forming apparatus that includes a toner cartridge and forms a visible image with toner supplied from the toner cartridge.
- the present invention relates to an image forming apparatus provided with a consumable container.
- an electrostatic latent image corresponding to an image to be printed is formed in a process unit, and the electrostatic latent image is visualized.
- the process unit includes a photoconductor and a developing device, forms an electrostatic latent image on the photoconductor, and develops or visualizes the electrostatic latent image with toner supplied from the developing device.
- the toner image formed on the surface of the photoconductor by development is transferred to, for example, a transfer belt, and further transferred from the transfer belt onto a sheet, and then fixed on the sheet in a fixing device.
- the toner of the developing device when the toner of the developing device is consumed by the development, the toner is appropriately supplied from the toner cartridge to the developing device. Further, the toner cartridge is replaced with a new one when the toner becomes empty. Similarly, the process unit is replaced with a new one when, for example, a predetermined number of printed sheets is reached.
- Patent Literature 1 and Patent Literature 2 are known as configurations that are operated by opening the front door.
- the image forming apparatus described in Patent Document 1 is provided with a cartridge support member (tray) whose posture can be changed between a standing posture and an inclined posture by rotating around a fulcrum.
- the toner cartridge can be inserted into and removed from the cartridge support member in a state where the cartridge support member is set in the inclined posture.
- the image forming apparatus is mounted on the developing device in a state of being set to a standing posture.
- a cartridge door is provided on the front surface.
- a plurality of cylindrical toner cartridge insertion holes that open to the front surface are formed in the front-rear direction.
- the toner cartridge has a cylindrical shape whose outer shape corresponds to the toner cartridge insertion hole. Accordingly, the toner cartridge is attached to the image forming apparatus by being inserted from the front into the toner cartridge insertion hole with the cartridge door opened.
- Patent Documents 1 and 2 in a configuration in which the front door is opened and the operator operates the toner cartridge, it is necessary to secure the operator's work space on the front surface of the image forming apparatus.
- sufficient work is performed such that the movement of the operator in the front-rear direction at the front position of the image forming apparatus hinders other people's traffic.
- space cannot be secured, and it is difficult to proceed smoothly.
- an opening / closing cover that opens rearward is provided on a side surface of the image forming apparatus.
- a cartridge holder is provided on the inner surface of the opening / closing cover.
- the toner cartridge can be inserted into and removed from the cartridge holder obliquely in the front-rear direction with the open / close cover open. Further, the toner cartridge is mounted at a predetermined position of the image forming apparatus by closing the opening / closing cover.
- a side cover that opens downward is provided on the side surface of the image forming apparatus, and a cartridge housing portion is provided on the side cover.
- the toner cartridge can be inserted into and removed from the cartridge housing portion in an obliquely vertical direction with the side cover opened. Further, the toner cartridge is mounted at a predetermined position of the image forming apparatus by closing the side cover.
- the toner of the developing device when the toner of the developing device is consumed by the development, the toner is appropriately supplied from the toner cartridge to the developing device. Unnecessary toner remaining on the photoreceptor and the transfer belt is collected in a waste toner box as waste toner.
- the toner cartridge is replaced with a new one when the toner is empty.
- the waste toner box is replaced with a new one when the waste toner is full.
- the image forming apparatus a configuration in which an operator can operate from the front surface position of the image forming apparatus in the replacement work of the toner cartridge, the process unit, and the like.
- a cartridge mounting portion is provided at a left side position of the paper discharge unit (left side of the image forming apparatus).
- the replacement of the toner cartridge with respect to the cartridge mounting portion is performed by opening the mounting cover covering the upper surface of the cartridge mounting portion upward.
- a discharge tray is formed on the upper surface of the main body.
- Support members are provided on the left side, right side, and rear side of the discharge tray except for the front side of the image forming apparatus, and a flat bed scanner is provided on the support members.
- a toner cartridge is disposed inside the left support member facing the image forming apparatus, and the toner cartridge is replaced by opening the side cover of the left support member downward.
- an in-cylinder discharge portion is formed on the upper surface of the main body casing, and vertical wall-shaped connecting portions are formed on the left side, right side, and rear side of the in-cylinder discharge portion.
- the flat bed unit is disposed on the connecting portions.
- a side cover that opens downward is provided on the left side surface facing the image forming apparatus, and a cartridge housing portion is provided on the side cover.
- the toner cartridge can be inserted into and removed from the cartridge housing portion in an obliquely vertical direction with the side cover opened.
- the toner cartridge is mounted inside the left connecting portion by closing the side cover.
- the consumable container such as the toner cartridge is removed from the image forming apparatus when the stored consumables such as toner are exhausted, and a new one is attached to the image forming apparatus.
- the consumable container is usually provided with a storage device that stores information specific to the consumable container.
- the image forming apparatus stores the consumable container. Communicate with the device. As a result, the image forming apparatus acquires information from the storage device of the consumable container and prevents erroneous mounting of the same consumable container.
- configurations described in Patent Document 7 and Patent Document 8 are known as configurations for mounting the consumable container in the image forming apparatus.
- an ink cartridge is detachably mounted on a cartridge mounting portion of an ink jet recording apparatus.
- Two positioning holes are formed in the front surface of the ink cartridge, and two positioning pins are provided in the cartridge mounting portion corresponding to the positioning holes. Therefore, when the ink cartridge is mounted in the cartridge mounting portion, if the ink cartridge is linearly moved toward the cartridge mounting portion, the positioning pin of the cartridge mounting portion is inserted into the positioning hole of the ink cartridge, and the ink cartridge is positioned. Is done.
- the ink cartridge is provided with a memory substrate on which a memory chip is mounted.
- the electrical contact of the memory substrate contacts the connection terminal of the cartridge mounting portion, and the memory substrate, that is, the memory The chip is electrically connected to the control circuit of the ink jet recording apparatus.
- a drum cartridge which is a process cartridge, is detachably attached to the color laser printer.
- the drum cartridge is provided with a drum shaft and a positioning pin, and the drum cartridge is attached to the apparatus main body by linearly moving the drum cartridge toward the apparatus main body.
- the drum shaft and the positioning pin are fitted into the coupling member and the positioning hole of the apparatus main body, respectively, and the drum cartridge is positioned with respect to the apparatus main body.
- a memory chip is provided on the front surface of the drum cartridge, and this memory chip is attached to the concave bottom of the concave cartridge side connector.
- a convex body-side connector is provided on the apparatus body side. Therefore, when the drum cartridge is attached to the apparatus main body, the above-described connectors are concavo-convexly fitted, and the memory chip is electrically connected to the apparatus main body.
- Japanese Patent Publication “Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2007-0665271” (published on March 15, 2007) Japanese Patent Publication “JP 2009-036921 A” (published February 19, 2009) Japanese Patent Publication “Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication No. 2008-090048 (published April 17, 2008)” Japanese Patent Publication “Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2008-216451 (published on September 18, 2008)” Japanese Patent Publication “Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2010-224172 (released on October 7, 2010)” Japanese Patent Publication “Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2009-42687 (published on Sep. 26, 2009)” Japanese Patent Publication “Japanese Patent Laid-Open No.
- Japanese Patent Publication Japanese Patent Publication “Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-49032 (published on February 20, 1998)” Japanese Patent Publication “Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2007-652781 (published on March 15, 2007)”
- the present invention provides a first image forming apparatus that can easily replace the toner cartridge and the process unit, and that can simplify the structure by suppressing the number of necessary doors. It is aimed.
- the toner cartridge is disposed inside the support member, and the replacement of the toner cartridge is performed by opening the side cover of the support member.
- a toner cartridge is mounted inside the connecting portion. To replace the toner cartridge, the side cover is opened, and the toner cartridge is inserted into the cartridge storage portion provided in the side cover. This is done by pulling out.
- the inside of the support member or the connecting portion can be effectively used as a space for disposing the toner cartridge, and the automatic document feeder is disposed on the image forming apparatus.
- downsizing of the image forming apparatus can be promoted without causing any problems.
- a second object is to provide an image forming apparatus capable of simplifying the structure by suppressing the number of openable doors.
- the positioning pin gradually deforms, for example, when the user detaches the ink cartridge, the front surface of the ink cartridge collides with the positioning pin and the positioning pin falls down. Will happen. In this case, the positioning accuracy of the ink cartridge is lowered, and accordingly, the connection failure between the electrical contact of the memory board and the connection terminal of the cartridge mounting portion occurs, and the stable connection state between the memory chip and the control circuit (communication) State) may be difficult to obtain.
- a third object is to provide an image forming apparatus capable of maintaining a stable communication state with the apparatus.
- an image forming apparatus includes a toner cartridge that is detachably mounted on either the left or right side of the image forming apparatus, a developing device, and a photosensitive member.
- a process unit that is attached to and detached from the image forming apparatus from the one side surface, and is formed to be openable and closable on the one side surface of the housing of the image forming apparatus.
- a side opening / closing door is provided that can be opened and closed at a small opening position with an acute opening angle at which the toner cartridge can be attached and detached, and at a large opening position with an opening angle larger than the small opening position. It is characterized by that.
- the image forming apparatus of the present invention has a paper discharge tray that is formed on the upper surface of the image forming apparatus and receives paper discharged from the back side of the image forming apparatus, and at least one position on the left or right of the paper discharge tray. And a vertical wall portion formed along the paper discharge tray and having a top surface height higher than a height of the top surface of the paper discharge tray, and a left or right side surface of the image forming apparatus.
- a toner cartridge that is detachably mounted on the side, and at a mounting completion position, at least an upper portion is disposed inside the vertical wall portion; and a waste toner that is detachably mounted and recovered at a position below the toner cartridge.
- a waste toner box to be accommodated and formed to be openable and closable in an area including a side surface of the vertical wall portion on the one side surface of the housing of the image forming apparatus. It is characterized in that a side door that allows attachment and detachment of the pre said waste toner box.
- the image forming apparatus includes a consumable container, a storage device provided in the consumable container, a consumable container mounting portion to which the consumable container is mounted, and the consumable container being the consumable.
- a connection device in which an electrical connection state with respect to the storage device occurs in a state of being placed at a mounting completion position with respect to the container mounting portion; a first member provided at a lower portion of the consumable container; and the consumable container mounting portion A second member which is provided at a position corresponding to the lower part of the first member and which fits with the first member and holds the consumable container rotatably around the lower part in the mounting completion position and the opposite direction. It is characterized by having.
- the configuration of the present invention it is possible to easily replace the toner cartridge and the process unit, and it is possible to simplify the structure by suppressing the number of necessary opening / closing doors.
- the toner cartridge can be arranged using the space inside the vertical wall portion, and the capacity can be increased, for example, as a vertically long shape. As a result, even when the toner cartridge is vertically long and has a large capacity, the image forming apparatus can be prevented from being enlarged, and the replacement frequency of the toner cartridge can be reduced.
- the replacement operation of the toner cartridge and the waste toner box can be performed by opening the same side opening / closing door, so that these operations can be easily performed.
- the structure of the image forming apparatus can be simplified.
- the positioning accuracy of the consumable container with respect to the image forming apparatus is stable over a long period of time, and the memory provided in the consumable container.
- a stable communication state between the apparatus and the image forming apparatus can be maintained.
- FIG. 2 is a longitudinal sectional view showing an internal structure of the image forming main body device when the image forming main body device in the embodiment of the present invention is viewed from the right side.
- FIG. 2 is a perspective view showing a process unit in a state of being removed from the image forming main body apparatus shown in FIG. 1.
- 1 is a perspective view of an image forming apparatus with an automatic document feeder and a housing removed according to an embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 4 is a perspective view of the image forming apparatus illustrating a state in which a toner cartridge is mounted on the cartridge mounting unit illustrated in FIG. 3.
- FIG. 4 is a front view of the image forming main body device viewed from the right side showing a state where a toner cartridge is mounted on the cartridge mounting portion shown in FIG. 3.
- FIG. 6A is a front view when the waste toner box shown in FIG. 5 is viewed from the front on the right side of the image forming main body
- FIG. 6B is a rear view of the waste toner box. is there.
- FIG. 6 is a front view of the image forming main body apparatus shown in FIG. 5 as viewed from the right side showing a state where a toner cartridge and a waste toner box are removed.
- FIG. 6 is a side view schematically showing the toner cartridge shown in FIG. 5.
- FIG. 9 is a front view of the toner cartridge illustrated in FIG. 8.
- FIG. 4 is a front view schematically showing a cartridge mounting portion shown in FIG. 3.
- FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view taken along line AA in FIG. 10.
- FIG. 9 is an explanatory diagram illustrating a state in which the toner cartridge illustrated in FIG. 8 is moved obliquely downward from above and the fitting convex portion is inserted into the fitting concave portion of the cartridge mounting portion.
- FIG. 9 is an explanatory diagram illustrating a state where the mounting of the toner cartridge illustrated in FIG. 8 to the cartridge mounting unit is completed.
- FIG. 6 is a longitudinal sectional view illustrating a structure of a toner intermediate receiving member provided in the image forming main body apparatus illustrated in FIG. 5.
- FIG. 6 is an explanatory view showing an open / closed state of a side opening / closing door in the image forming main body apparatus shown in FIG. 5.
- FIG. 16A illustrates a case where the side opening / closing door is disposed at the closed position and the first open position when viewed from the front side of the image forming main body apparatus illustrated in FIG. It is explanatory drawing which shows the state of this open angle adjustment mechanism part.
- FIG. 16B is a front view showing a connecting member provided in the opening angle adjusting mechanism shown in FIG.
- FIG. 16C shows a state of the opening angle adjustment mechanism when the side opening / closing door is opened to the second opening position when viewed from the front side of the image forming main body apparatus shown in FIG. It is explanatory drawing.
- FIG. 17A shows the state of the opening angle adjustment mechanism when the side opening / closing door is opened to the first opening position when viewed from the right side of the image forming main body apparatus shown in FIG.
- FIG. 17B shows a state of the opening angle adjusting mechanism when the side opening / closing door is opened to the second opening position when viewed from the right side of the image forming main body apparatus shown in FIG.
- FIG. 18A is a plan view showing a replacement operation of the toner cartridge of the image forming apparatus shown in FIG. 3 by an operator who uses a wheelchair.
- FIG. 18B is a plan view showing an operation state of the image forming apparatus with respect to the main power source by an operator who uses a wheelchair.
- FIG. 4 is an explanatory diagram illustrating a state in which a document file is placed at a right side position having a side opening / closing door of the image forming apparatus illustrated in FIG. 3.
- FIG. 4 is an explanatory diagram illustrating a state in which a document file is placed at a right side position having a side opening / closing door of the image forming apparatus illustrated in FIG. 3.
- FIG. 4 is an explanatory diagram illustrating a state in which the image forming apparatus illustrated in FIG. 3 is arranged in a cabinet and a vase is placed at a position on the right side having a side opening / closing door of the image forming apparatus.
- 21A is an explanatory view showing another example of the side opening / closing door shown in FIG. 15, and
- FIG. 21B is an opening of the upper part of the side opening / closing door shown in FIG.
- FIG. 21C is an explanatory diagram showing a structure for holding the door upper portion shown in FIG. 21A in a closed state.
- FIG. 22A is an explanatory diagram showing a state of the opening angle adjusting mechanism when the side opening / closing door is in the closed position in the image forming main body apparatus according to another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 22B is an explanatory diagram when the opening angle adjusting mechanism shown in FIG. 22A is viewed from the right side of the image forming main body apparatus. It is explanatory drawing which shows the state of the opening angle adjustment mechanism part in case the side surface opening / closing door shown to (a) of FIG. 22 is open
- FIG. 6 is a longitudinal sectional view illustrating a structure of a toner intermediate receiving member provided in an image forming apparatus according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 10 is a side view schematically showing a toner cartridge provided in an image forming apparatus according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 10 is a front view schematically showing a cartridge mounting portion provided in an image forming apparatus according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 29 is a cross-sectional view taken along line AA in FIG.
- FIG. 28 is a block diagram illustrating an electrical connection state between a storage device and an image forming apparatus included in the toner cartridge illustrated in FIG. 27.
- FIG. 28 is an explanatory view showing a state where the toner cartridge shown in FIG.
- FIG. 27 is moved obliquely downward from above and the fitting convex portion is inserted into the fitting concave portion of the cartridge mounting portion.
- FIG. 28 is an explanatory diagram illustrating a state where the toner cartridge illustrated in FIG. 27 is completely mounted on the cartridge mounting portion.
- FIG. 6 is a longitudinal sectional view illustrating a structure of a toner intermediate receiving member provided in an image forming apparatus according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 32 is an explanatory diagram showing another arrangement of the storage device and the connector shown in FIG. 31.
- FIG. 33 is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration in a case where a storage device arranged in the toner cartridge shown in FIG. 32 communicates with an image forming apparatus wirelessly.
- FIG. 1 is a longitudinal sectional view showing the internal structure of the image forming main body device 2 when the image forming main body device 2 is viewed from the right side.
- the left side is the front side of the image forming main body apparatus 2
- the right side is the back side.
- the image forming main unit 2 is a full-color printer. Therefore, the image forming main body device 2 prints a color image on a sheet (sheet-like recording medium) according to image data transmitted from the outside.
- the image forming main unit 2 is exemplified as a printer, but it may be a copier, a facsimile machine, or a multifunction machine having these functions. In this case, the image forming main body device 2 prints a multicolor or single color image on a sheet according to image data transmitted from the outside and / or image data read from a document by a scanner.
- the image forming main body apparatus 2 is provided with a process unit 11 at the center in the vertical direction.
- a laser optical system unit 12 and a paper feed cassette 13 are provided below the process unit 11 sequentially from the top.
- a transfer unit 14 is provided at a position on the back side with respect to the process unit 11, and a fixing unit 15 is provided above the transfer unit 14.
- An upper surface of the housing of the image forming main body 2 above the process unit 11 is a paper discharge tray 16.
- a paper transport path 17 is formed in the path from the paper feed cassette 13 to the paper discharge tray 16, and the paper transport path 17 has a paper feed roller 18, A timing roller 19, the transfer unit 14, the fixing unit 15, and a paper discharge roller 20 are provided.
- the process unit 11 includes first to fourth image forming units 31 to 34, an intermediate transfer belt unit 35, and a transfer belt cleaning device 36.
- the first to fourth image forming units 31 to 34 are for yellow, magenta, cyan, and black, respectively.
- the first image forming unit 31 includes a photoreceptor drum 41a, a charger 42a, a developing device 43a, an intermediate transfer roller 44a, and a photoreceptor cleaner unit 45a.
- the charger 42a charges the surface of each photosensitive drum 41a to a predetermined potential.
- the developing device 43a develops the electrostatic latent image formed on the surface of the photosensitive drum 41a with toner by exposing the photosensitive drum 41a to the laser light from the laser optical system unit 12.
- the intermediate transfer roller 44 a is disposed on the back surface of the intermediate transfer belt 51, and transfers the toner image formed on the surface of the photosensitive drum 41 a by development onto the surface of the intermediate transfer belt 61 of the intermediate transfer belt unit 35.
- the photoconductor cleaning device 45a removes and collects residual toner and paper dust on the surface of the photoconductor drum 41a after development and image transfer.
- the second image forming unit 32 includes a photoreceptor drum 41b, a charger 42b, a developing device 43b, an intermediate transfer roller 44b, and a photoreceptor cleaning device 45a.
- the third image forming unit 33 includes a photoreceptor drum 41c, a charger 42c, a developing device 43c, an intermediate transfer roller 44c, and a photoreceptor cleaning device 45c.
- the fourth image forming unit 34 includes a photoreceptor drum 41d, a charger 42d, a developing device 43d, an intermediate transfer roller 44d, and a photoreceptor cleaning device 45d.
- the intermediate transfer belt unit 35 includes an intermediate transfer belt 51, a driving roller 52 that supports the intermediate transfer belt 51, a driven roller 53, and tension rollers 54 and 55.
- the transfer belt cleaning device 36 removes residual toner and paper dust from the surface of the intermediate transfer belt 51.
- the laser optical system unit 12 includes laser light sources 12a to 12d corresponding to the respective photosensitive drums 41a to 41d, and irradiates the photosensitive drums 41a to 41d with laser light from the laser light sources 12a to 12d, and the image forming main body 2
- the electrostatic latent images corresponding to the image to be printed are formed on the surfaces of the photosensitive drums 41a to 41d.
- the transfer unit 14 includes a transfer roller 14 a that is pressed against the drive roller 52 of the intermediate transfer belt unit 35 via the intermediate transfer belt 51, and a sheet on which the toner image on the surface of the intermediate transfer belt 51 is supplied from the paper feed cassette 13. Transcript to.
- the fixing unit 15 includes a fixing roller 15a and a pressure roller 15b, and melts and fixes the toner image on the paper to the paper.
- the laser optical system unit 12 irradiates the photosensitive drums 41a to 41d with laser light according to the input image data, and the photosensitive member. Electrostatic latent images are formed on the drums 41a to 41d. These electrostatic latent images are developed with toner supplied from the developing devices 43a to 43d, and yellow, magenta, cyan, and black toner images are formed on the surfaces of the photosensitive drums 41a to 41d, respectively.
- These toner images are transferred to the same position on the intermediate transfer belt 51 of the intermediate transfer belt unit 35 so as to overlap one another, and further transferred onto the paper in the transfer unit 14.
- the sheet is fed from the sheet feeding cassette 13 to the sheet conveying path 17 by the sheet feeding roller 18 and is supplied to the transfer unit 14 by the timing roller 19 at a timing coincident with the toner image on the intermediate transfer belt 51.
- the sheet on which the toner image is transferred in the transfer unit 14 is conveyed to the fixing unit 15, and the toner image is fixed on the sheet in the fixing unit 15. Thereafter, the paper is discharged onto the paper discharge tray 16 by the paper discharge roller 20.
- the fixing unit 15 since the fixing unit 15 is located on the back side, the heat (hot air) generated in the fixing unit 15 is transmitted to the user located on the front side of the image forming apparatus 1. Will never feel uncomfortable.
- FIG. 2 is a perspective view showing the process unit 11 in a state of being removed from the image forming main body device 2.
- the waste toner transport pipe 36a connected to the transfer belt cleaning device 36 and the waste toner transport pipes 45a1 to 45d1 connected to the photoconductor cleaning devices 45a to 45d are provided in the image forming body. Projecting to the right side of the device 2.
- FIG. 3 is a perspective view of the image forming apparatus 1 with the automatic document feeder 3 and the housing removed.
- the automatic document feeder 3 As shown in FIG. 3, the automatic document feeder 3 is provided on the image forming main body device 2.
- the automatic document feeder 3 includes a document set tray 61 and a paper discharge tray 62.
- the document placed on the document set tray 61 is transported to a document reading unit (not shown) and then discharged onto the paper discharge tray 62. .
- the document reading unit is provided inside the automatic document feeder 3 and above the image forming main body device 2.
- the automatic document feeder 3 conveys (feeds) a document placed on the document set tray 61 in the direction of the left surface of the image forming main body 2 when reading a document image. It has become. Specifically, the original is conveyed from the original set tray 61 toward the left side of the image forming main body apparatus 2, read by the original reading unit, then conveyed toward the right side of the image forming main body apparatus 2, and discharged. It is discharged onto the tray 62.
- the paper feed cassette 13 can be pulled out to the front side of the image forming apparatus 1 (image forming main body apparatus 2) by pulling the handle 13a.
- the image forming apparatus 1 includes an operation panel 21 at the upper part of the position on the front side.
- Cartridge mounting part and toner cartridge As shown in FIG. 3, four cartridge mounting portions 65 to 68 are provided in the upper portion of the right side position of the image forming main body 2 with respect to the process unit 11, and a waste toner box 69 is provided in the lower portion.
- the cartridge mounting portions 65 to 68 have a vertically long shape in the vertical direction, and are arranged in the front-rear direction of the image forming apparatus 1 at the same height position.
- the cartridge mounting portions 65 to 68 have a structure in which adjacent ones are connected and integrated, and are provided corresponding to the developing devices 43a to 43d, respectively.
- FIG. 4 is a perspective view of the image forming apparatus 1 showing a state in which the toner cartridges 71 to 74 are mounted on the cartridge mounting portions 65 to 68 shown in FIG.
- FIG. 5 is a front view as seen from the right side of the image forming main body 2 showing a state in which the toner cartridges 71 to 74 are mounted on the cartridge mounting portions 65 to 68 shown in FIG.
- the toner cartridges 71 to 74 contain yellow, magenta, cyan and black toners, respectively. When the toner cartridges 71 to 74 are mounted in the cartridge mounting portions 65 to 68, the toner can be supplied to the corresponding developing devices 43a to 43d, respectively.
- the toner cartridges 71 to 74 forming a group are arranged on the right surface side of the image forming main body device 2 at a position closer to the front side with respect to the center position in the front-rear direction of the image forming main body device 2.
- the upper portions of the cartridge mounting portions 65 to 68 are disposed inside the right vertical wall portion 82 of the left and right vertical wall portions 81 and 82 of the image forming main body apparatus 2.
- the vertical wall portions 81 and 82 are provided at the left and right positions of the paper discharge tray 16, and are formed so that the upper surface of the housing is higher than the upper surface of the paper discharge tray 16 in order to hold the paper on the paper discharge tray 16.
- the longitudinal cartridge mounting portions 65 to 68 that is, the longitudinal toner cartridges 71 to 74 can be efficiently arranged using the vertical wall portion 82 of the casing, and the toner cartridges 71 to 74 have a desired capacity. It is easy.
- the waste toner box 69 has a thin rectangular box shape. Specifically, the dimension in the left-right direction (the front-rear direction of the image forming main body apparatus 2) in FIG. 6A is longer than the dimension in the upper-lower direction, and the front-rear direction in FIG. 2 in the left-right direction and the thickness of the waste toner box 69 is shorter than the vertical dimension.
- 6A is a front view of the waste toner box 69 when viewed from the front side on the right side of the image forming main body 2
- FIG. 6B is a rear view of the waste toner box 69 (FIG. 6). (The back side of (a)).
- first to fifth extending portions 91 to 95 Formed on the upper portion of the waste toner box 69 are first to fifth extending portions 91 to 95 extending upward for taking in the waste toner and paper dust collected by each cleaning device of the process unit 11.
- the first to fifth extending portions 91 to 95 are connected to the internal space of the waste toner box 69.
- the height of the first extending portion 91 is higher than the heights of the other second to fifth extending portions 92 to 95, and the heights of the second to fifth extending portions 92 to 95 are the same.
- circular toner waste inlets 91 a to 95 a are formed, respectively.
- the waste toner box 69 can be easily attached to and detached from the image forming main body device 2.
- the waste toner intake port 91 a of the first extending portion 91 is connected to the transfer belt cleaning device 36, and the second to fifth extending portions 92 to 95 are connected.
- the waste toner intake ports 92a to 95a are connected to the photoconductor cleaning devices 45a to 45d.
- FIG. 7 is a front view of the image forming main body apparatus 2 shown in FIG. 5 as viewed from the right side showing the state where the toner cartridges 71 to 74 and the waste toner box 69 are removed.
- the waste toner transport pipe 36 a connected to the transfer belt cleaning device 36 is inserted into the waste toner intake port 91 a of the first extension portion 91. Is done.
- the waste toner transport pipes 45a1 to 45d1 connected to the photoconductor cleaning devices 45a to 45d are inserted into the waste toner intake ports 92a to 95a of the second to fifth extending portions 92 to 95, respectively.
- the first extending portion 91 takes in waste toner and paper dust from the transfer belt cleaning device 36.
- the second to fifth extending portions 92 to 95 take in waste toner and paper dust from the photoconductor cleaning devices 45a to 45d.
- the waste toner is transported from the cleaning devices 36, 45a to 45d to the first to fifth extending portions 91 to 95 by, for example, a waste toner transport screw provided in the cleaning devices 36, 45a to 45d.
- FIG. 8 is a side view showing the toner cartridge 71 shown in FIG. 5 in a simplified manner.
- 9 is a front view of the toner cartridge 71 shown in FIG. 8
- FIG. 10 is a front view schematically showing the cartridge mounting portion 65 shown in FIG. 3
- FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line AA in FIG. FIG.
- the toner cartridge 71 is formed in a vertically long shape that is long in the vertical direction, and includes a toner storage portion 71a that stores the toner therein.
- a toner supply port 71b is formed at the lower end of the toner storage portion 71a, and a shutter 71c that opens and closes the toner supply port 71b is provided.
- the lower end surface where the toner supply port 71b is formed is curved in an arc shape, and the shutter 71c is formed in an arc shape correspondingly.
- the shutter 71c is closed by the action of a spring (not shown) in a normal state where the toner cartridge 71 is not mounted on the cartridge mounting portion 65.
- fitting convex portions 71d are provided on the toner supply port 71b and at positions below the toner cartridge 71 near the position of the toner supply port 71b. That is, one fitting convex portion 71 d projects in the front direction of the image forming main body device 2, and the other fitting convex portion 71 d projects in the rear direction of the image forming main body device 2.
- the upper and lower surfaces of the fitting convex portion 71d are arcuate curved surfaces 71d1, and the space between the upper and lower curved surfaces 71d1 is a straight portion 71d2 having a width narrower than the width between both curved surfaces 71d1.
- the cartridge mounting portion 65 has a cartridge facing portion 65 c that is arranged vertically along the right surface of the image forming main body device 2.
- convex wall portions 65a are provided at the left and right positions near the lower end portion of the cartridge facing portion 65c (the front direction position and the back direction position with respect to the image forming main body device 2).
- fitting concave portions 65b are formed on the inner surfaces facing each other.
- the fitting recess 65b has a straight recess 65b2 at the introduction portion and a circular recess 65b1 at the end of the fitting recess 65b.
- the straight concave portion 65b2 is slightly wider than the straight portion 71d2 in the fitting convex portion 71d of the toner cartridge 71, and the circular concave portion 65b1 is between the curved surfaces 71d1 in the fitting convex portion 71d of the toner cartridge 71.
- the diameter is slightly wider than the width.
- the straight recess 65b2 is inclined to the right surface side of the image forming main body device 2 with respect to the vertical vertical direction.
- the operator first moves the toner cartridge 71 obliquely downward from above with respect to the cartridge mounting portion 65, and the straight shape of the fitting convex portion 71d.
- the portion 71d2 is inserted into the straight recess 65b2 of the fitting recess 65b.
- the toner cartridge 71 is moved obliquely downward until the fitting convex portion 71d reaches the circular concave portion 65b1 of the fitting concave portion 65b.
- the toner cartridge 71 is rotated until the toner cartridge 71 contacts the cartridge facing portion 65c of the cartridge mounting portion 65.
- the rotation of the toner cartridge 71 can be smoothly performed because the fitting convex portion 71d is rotatably held in the circular concave portion 65b1 of the fitting concave portion 65b.
- toner intermediate receiving members 76 to 79 are arranged below the toner cartridges 71 to 74 mounted on the cartridge mounting portions 65 to 68, respectively.
- the end portions of the toner take-in portions 43a1 to 43d1 of the developing devices 43a to 43d are arranged, respectively. Therefore, the toner in the toner cartridges 71 to 74 is supplied to the corresponding developing devices 43a to 43d via the toner intermediate receiving members 76 to 79, respectively.
- the configuration for replenishing toner from the toner cartridge 71 to the developing device 43a will be described taking the case of the toner cartridge 71, the cartridge mounting portion 65, the toner intermediate receiving member 76, and the developing device 43a as an example.
- FIG. 12 is an explanatory view showing a state in which the toner cartridge 71 is moved obliquely downward from above and the fitting convex portion 71d of the toner cartridge 71 is inserted into the fitting concave portion 65b of the cartridge mounting portion 65.
- FIG. 13 is an explanatory diagram showing a state where the mounting of the toner cartridge 71 to the cartridge mounting portion 65 is completed.
- the toner intermediate receiving member 76 has a toner intake port 76a.
- the position of the toner intake port 76a is a position facing the toner supply port 71b of the toner cartridge 71 in a state where the toner cartridge 71 is mounted on the cartridge mounting unit 65.
- the shutter 71c of the toner cartridge 71 is formed with an engaging convex portion 71e, and the toner intermediate receiving member 76 has an engaging receiving portion 76b that engages with the engaging convex portion 71e. Is formed.
- the shutter 71c is opened and the toner supply port 71b is opened.
- the toner in the toner cartridge 71 is supplied to the toner supply port 71b, the toner intake port 76a of the toner intermediate receiving member 76, the toner intermediate receiving member 76, the toner supply port 76c of the toner intermediate receiving member 76, and the toner intake.
- the toner is supplied to the developing device 43a through the toner intake 43a2 of the portion 43a1.
- the toner intermediate receiving member 76 has a structure shown in FIG. FIG. 14 is a longitudinal sectional view showing the structure of the toner intermediate receiving member 76.
- the toner intermediate receiving member 76 is fixed to the image forming main body device 2 and includes a toner conveying screw 76d therein as shown in FIG.
- the toner taken in from the toner take-in port 76a is carried by the toner carrying screw 76d, and replenished from the toner replenishing port 76c to the developing device 43a through the toner take-in port 43a2.
- the toner conveying screw 76d is rotated by receiving a driving force from the image forming main body device 2.
- a side opening / closing door 101 is formed on the right surface of the image forming main body device 2 in the casing of the image forming main body device 2.
- the side opening / closing door 101 covers the arrangement area of the toner cartridges 71 to 74 and the waste toner box 69 so as to be opened and closed.
- the side opening / closing door 101 has a handle 101a and can be opened / closed in the vertical direction about the rotation fulcrum shaft 102 at the lower end as shown in FIG.
- FIG. 15 is an explanatory diagram showing an open / closed state of the side opening / closing door 101.
- the side opening / closing door 101 can be opened from the closed position 101a0 to the first open position (small open position) 101a1 and the second open position (large open position) 101a2.
- the toner cartridges 71 to 74 can be exchanged at the first opening position 101a1, and the waste toner box 69 and the process unit 11 can be exchanged at the second opening position 101a2.
- the opening angle (first opening angle) of the first opening position 101a1 with respect to the closing position 101a0 is 30 ° to 45 °
- the opening angle (second opening angle) of the second opening position 101a2 is 90 ° to 110 °. is there.
- FIG. 16A shows the case where the side opening / closing door 101 is disposed at the closed position 101a0 and the case where it is opened to the first opening position 101a1 when viewed from the front side of the image forming main body apparatus 2. It is explanatory drawing which shows the state of the open angle adjustment mechanism part.
- FIG. 16B is a front view showing the connecting member 105 provided in the opening angle adjusting mechanism 103.
- FIG. 16C illustrates a state of the opening angle adjusting mechanism 103 when the side opening / closing door 101 is opened to the second opening position 101a2 when viewed from the front side of the image forming main body device 2.
- FIG. 16A shows the case where the side opening / closing door 101 is disposed at the closed position 101a0 and the case where it is opened to the first opening position 101a1 when viewed from the front side of the image forming main body apparatus 2.
- FIG. 16B is a front view showing the connecting member 105 provided in the opening angle adjusting mechanism 103.
- FIG. 16C illustrates
- FIG. 17A shows the state of the opening angle adjustment mechanism 103 when the side opening / closing door 101 is opened to the first opening position 101a1 when viewed from the right side of the image forming main body device 2. It is explanatory drawing shown.
- FIG. 17B illustrates the state of the opening angle adjusting mechanism 103 when the side opening / closing door 101 is opened to the second opening position 101a2 when viewed from the right side of the image forming main body device 2.
- FIG. 17A shows the state of the opening angle adjustment mechanism 103 when the side opening / closing door 101 is opened to the first opening position 101a1 when viewed from the right side of the image forming main body device 2. It is explanatory drawing shown.
- FIG. 17B illustrates the state of the opening angle adjusting mechanism 103 when the side opening / closing door 101 is opened to the second opening position 101a2 when viewed from the right side of the image forming main body device 2.
- FIG. 17A shows the state of the opening angle adjustment mechanism 103 when the side opening / closing door 101 is opened
- the opening angle adjusting mechanism 103 includes a guide member 104, a connecting member 105, a stopper 106, and a compression spring 107, as shown in FIG. 16 (a) and FIG. 17 (a).
- the guide member 104 is a plate-like member having a long hole 104 a and is fixed to the image forming main body device 2 so that the longitudinal direction of the long hole 104 a is the left-right direction of the image forming main body device 2.
- the connecting member 105 has a long and thin plate-like portion 105a.
- a first boss 105b that protrudes perpendicularly from the plate-like part 105a at one end of the plate-like part 105a and a first boss 105b that protrudes in the same direction as the first boss 105b from the plate-like part 105a at the other end of the plate-like part 105a.
- Two bosses 105c are provided.
- the guide member 104 is fixed to the image forming apparatus 1 with screws or the like, it is formed by processing the bottom plate of the image forming apparatus 1 into the shape of the guide member 104. May be.
- the first boss 105b is inserted into the elongated hole 104a of the guide member 104, and is guided in the elongated hole 104a so as to be movable in the left-right direction of the image forming main body device 2.
- the second boss 105 c is rotatably inserted into the side opening / closing door 101 at a predetermined position above the rotation fulcrum shaft 102.
- the stopper 106 has an operation part 106a operated by an operator and a locking part 106b protruding upward from the operation part 106a, and is movable up and down with respect to the guide member 104.
- the operation unit 106 a of the stopper 106 is exposed downward from the bottom of the image forming apparatus 1, for example.
- the stopper 106 is pushed down by the compression spring 107 as shown in FIGS. 16A and 17A.
- the locking portion 106b is disposed at the position of the elongated hole 104a of the guide member 104, and prevents the first boss 105b of the connecting member 105 from moving in the right direction.
- a concave portion 106b1 that allows the first boss 105b to move in the right direction is formed in the locking portion 106b of the stopper 106.
- the recess 106b1 is arranged at the position of the elongated hole 104a of the guide member 104 in a state where the stopper 106 is pushed up to the upper position by the operator. The Therefore, in this state, the first boss 105b can be moved in the right direction. In this case, the first boss 105b moves to, for example, the right end position of the locking portion 106b.
- the toner cartridges 71 to 74 are used when the toner stored therein is empty, the waste toner box 69 is used when the collected waste toner is full, and the process unit 11 is When the number of printed sheets reaches a predetermined number, for example, each is replaced with a new one based on the display on the operation panel 21.
- the replacement cycle of the toner cartridges 71 to 74, the waste toner box 69 and the process unit 11 is approximately when converted to the number of printed sheets.
- Toner cartridges 71 to 74 Every 4,000 sheets
- Waste toner box 69 Every 10,000 sheets
- Process unit 11 Every 60,000 sheets (Toner cartridge replacement work)
- the operator reaches for the right side of the image forming apparatus 1 at the position on the front side of the image forming apparatus 1 and pulls the handle 101 a of the side opening / closing door 101 to pull the side opening / closing door 101.
- the first opening position 101a1 is opened (FIG. 15, FIG. 16 (a), FIG. 17 (a)).
- the opening angle adjusting mechanism 103 when the side opening / closing door 101 is in the closed position 101 a 0, the first boss 105 b of the connecting member 105 moves to the left of the elongated hole 104 a of the guide member 104 in FIG. It exists in the vicinity of the end of the image forming main unit 2 in the left direction).
- the connecting member 105 is pulled by the side opening / closing door 101 and moved rightward along with the opening operation, and at the same time, the first boss 105b of the connecting member 105 is moved to the guide member. It moves to the right in the elongated hole 104 a of 104, and comes into contact with the locking portion 106 b of the stopper 106. As a result, the side opening / closing door 101 is prevented from being further opened and is disposed at the first opening position 101a1.
- the operator starts from the position where the toner cartridge 71 is mounted on the cartridge mounting portion 65 (installation completed state) as illustrated in FIG. 12. Then, the toner cartridge 71 is rotated clockwise (clockwise) around the fitting convex portion 71d until the toner supply port 71b of the toner cartridge 71 is closed by the shutter 71c.
- the rotation angle of the toner cartridge 71 from the position shown in FIG. 13 to the position shown in FIG. 12 is, for example, 30 °.
- the straight portion 71d2 of the fitting convex portion 71d of the toner cartridge 71 is parallel to the straight concave portion 65b2 of the fitting concave portion 65b of the cartridge mounting portion 65. Therefore, the operator moves the toner cartridge 71 obliquely upward in the state of the angle shown in FIG. As a result, the fitting convex portion 71 d of the toner cartridge 71 is removed from the fitting concave portion 65 b of the cartridge mounting portion 65. In this case, the engagement between the engagement convex portion 71e in the shutter 71c of the toner cartridge 71 and the engagement receiving portion 76b in the toner intake portion 43a1 of the developing device 43a is released. Accordingly, the toner cartridge 71 can be extracted from the image forming main body device 2 with the shutter 71c closed and the toner supply port 71b closed.
- the operator may perform the operation opposite to the above-described operation for removing the toner cartridge 71 to bring the toner cartridge 71 into the mounting completion state shown in FIG.
- the shutter 71c is opened, and the toner in the toner cartridge 71 can be supplied to the developing device 43a through the toner supply port 71b and the toner intake port 43a2 of the toner intake part 43a1.
- the opening angle adjusting mechanism 103 when the stopper 106 is pushed up with the side opening / closing door 101 in the closed position 101a0, the recess 106b1 of the stopper 106 moves to the position of the elongated hole 104a of the guide member 104. Thereby, the 1st boss
- the operator removes the toner cartridges 71 to 74, the cartridge mounting portions 65 to 68, the waste toner box 69 and the like existing on the right side of the process unit 11 from the image forming main body 2, and then removes the process unit 11 from the image forming apparatus 2. Pull out from the forming body device 2 and replace with a new one.
- the worker may perform work on the right side when the work space can be secured on the right side of the image forming main body device 2.
- the image forming main body device 2 may be rotated 90 degrees horizontally so that the right side of the image forming main body device 2 is on the front side.
- the operator can replace the toner cartridges 71 to 74 and the waste toner box 69 in the state where the replacement work is positioned on the front surface of the image forming apparatus 1. This can be done with the right hand by opening the side opening / closing door 101 formed on the right side of 1.
- the side opening / closing door 101 is formed on the right side of the image forming apparatus 1, a right-handed person who is said to have a population ratio of about 70% has the toner cartridges 71 to 74 and the waste toner box 69. Exchange work can be easily performed by a dominant hand.
- FIG. 18A is a plan view showing replacement work of the toner cartridges 71 to 74 of the image forming apparatus 1 by an operator using a wheelchair.
- FIG. 18B is a plan view showing an operation state on the main power source of the image forming apparatus 1 by an operator who uses a wheelchair.
- the wheelchair 111 when a worker 112 using the wheelchair 111 performs an operation on the image forming apparatus 1, the wheelchair 111 is positioned on the front side of the image forming apparatus 1. The worker 112 faces the front surface of the image forming apparatus 1 from the right side.
- the operator 112 When the toner cartridges 71 to 74 are replaced, as shown in FIG. 18A, the operator 112 extends the right hand 113 to the position on the right side of the image forming apparatus 1 in the above state, and operates the handle 101a. Then, the side opening / closing door 101 is opened, and the toner cartridges 71 to 74 are replaced. Similarly, the worker 112 can also replace the waste toner box 69. For example, when the main power switch 22 on the operation panel 21 is operated, as shown in FIG. 18B, the main power switch 113 is used with the right hand 113 at the same position as when the toner cartridges 71 to 74 are replaced. The switch 22 is operated.
- the worker 112 When performing each of the above operations, the worker 112 does not need to move the wheelchair 111 in the front-rear direction of the image forming apparatus 1 on the front side of the image forming apparatus 1. Accordingly, although a space for the wheelchair 111 is required on the front side of the image forming apparatus 1, no more space is required, and a situation where a person is prevented from passing on the front side of the image forming apparatus 1 can be suppressed.
- the toner cartridges 71 to 74, the waste toner box 69, and the process unit 11 can be replaced with the same side opening / closing door 101 opened, these operations can be easily performed.
- the number of doors required for the image forming apparatus 1 can be reduced, the structure of the image forming apparatus 1 can be simplified.
- the replacement operation of the toner cartridges 71 to 74 is performed in a state where the side opening / closing door 101 is opened to the first opening position 101a1, that is, a state where the side opening / closing door 101 is opened at a narrow angle (acute angle) such as 30 ° to 45 °. be able to. Therefore, if a relatively small space can be secured on the side of the image forming apparatus 1 so that the side opening / closing door 101 can be opened, the toner cartridges 71 to 74 can be replaced. This is a great advantage because the replacement frequency of the toner cartridges 71 to 74 is much higher than the replacement frequency of the waste toner box 69 and the process unit 11.
- the image forming apparatus 1 when the document file 121 is placed at the position on the right side having the side opening / closing door 101 of the image forming apparatus 1, or as shown in FIG. Even when the vase 123 is placed at a position on the right side having the side opening / closing door 101 of the image forming apparatus 1, the image forming apparatus 1 is arranged around the image forming apparatus 1 and the image forming apparatus 1.
- the toner cartridges 71 to 74 can be replaced without moving the existing ones.
- the toner cartridges 71 to 74 are attached to the image forming apparatus 1 in a state where the toner cartridges 71 to 74 are obliquely downward with respect to the image forming apparatus 1 with the side opening / closing door 101 opened to the first opening position 101a1. Then, the toner cartridges 71 to 74 are rotated in the direction of the image forming apparatus 1 (counterclockwise). That is, the toner cartridges 71 to 74 are attached to the image forming apparatus 1 by attaching the toner cartridges 71 to 74 to the side opening / closing door 101 and then closing the side opening / closing door 101 to bring the toner cartridges 71 to 74 to a predetermined mounting position. It is not something to wear. Accordingly, when the side opening / closing door 101 is deformed with the passage of time and the side opening / closing door 101 is closed, there is no problem that the toner cartridges 71 to 74 are not easily mounted at predetermined mounting positions.
- the side opening / closing door 101 is opened and the cartridge mounting portions 65 to 68 are not rotated to the position where the insertion of the toner cartridges 71 to 74 is received.
- the opening angle of the door 101 can be reduced, and this also enables work in a narrow work area.
- the image forming apparatus 1 can easily replace the toner cartridges 71 to 74, the waste toner box 69, and the process unit 11, and can reduce the number of necessary opening / closing doors. Can be simplified.
- the image forming apparatus 1 may include a side opening / closing door 131 shown in FIGS. 21A to 21C instead of the side opening and closing door 101 shown in FIG. 21A is an explanatory view showing another example of the side opening / closing door 101 shown in FIG. 15, and FIG. 21B is an upper part of the door of the side opening / closing door 131 shown in FIG.
- FIG. 21C is an explanatory diagram illustrating a state in which the door upper portion 132 illustrated in FIG. 21A is held in a closed state.
- the side opening / closing door 131 includes a door upper part 132 and a door lower part 133, and the door upper part 132 and the door lower part 133 are connected to an opening / closing auxiliary member (connection member) 134 and a hinge (connection). Member) 135.
- a handle 131a is formed on the door upper portion 132.
- the material of the opening / closing auxiliary member 134 may be an elastic rubber such as NBR (Nitrile butadiene rubber) or a PET (Polyethylene terephthalate) film having a thickness of about 0.3 mm.
- the door upper portion 132 and the door lower portion 133 are connected by an opening / closing auxiliary member 134 on the inner surface side and are connected by a hinge 135 on the outer surface side.
- the opening / closing auxiliary member 134 is attached to the door upper part 132 and the door lower part 133 by screws 135.
- a long hole 134 a may be formed in a portion of the opening / closing auxiliary member 134 attached to the door upper part 132 or the door lower part 133. This is because when the door upper part 132 is opened, the opening / closing auxiliary member 134 can be moved relative to the screw 135 so that the door upper part 132 can be opened smoothly.
- fitting convex portions 136 made of, for example, an elastic body are formed on the side surfaces on both sides of the door upper portion 132.
- a fitting concave portion 24 is formed at a position facing the fitting convex portion 136 in the housing 23 of the image forming main body device 2. Therefore, when the door upper part 132 is closed, the fitting convex part 136 fits into the fitting concave part 24, and the door upper part 132 is hold
- the opening angle of the door upper portion 132 may be 60 ° to 70 °, for example.
- the opening angle of the door upper portion 132 can be adjusted by adjusting the length of the elongated hole 134a of the opening / closing auxiliary member 134.
- the door lower portion 133 may be opened and closed by the opening angle adjusting mechanism 103 described above. That is, the lower door 133 is held closed when the stopper 106 is pushed by the compression spring 107 and moved to the lower position, and can be opened when the stopper 106 is pushed upward.
- the opening angle of the door upper part 132 and the door lower part 133 is 90 ° to 110 ° as in the case of opening the side opening / closing door 101 to the second opening position 101a2.
- the side opening / closing door 131 is opened when the side opening / closing door 131 (door upper portion 132) is opened in order to attach / detach the toner cartridges 71 to 74 to / from the image forming apparatus 1.
- the rotation area can be reduced. As a result, the working space on the side of the image forming apparatus 1 required when the toner cartridges 71 to 74 are attached and detached can be further reduced.
- the image forming apparatus 1 (image forming main body apparatus 2) according to the present embodiment opens and closes a side surface provided on the right side of the casing of the image forming apparatus 1 (image forming main body apparatus 2).
- the door 101 is opened at three stages of first to third opening angles.
- the image forming main body 2 opens the side opening / closing door 101 at three angles, that is, from the closed position 101b0 to the first open position (small open position) 101b1, the second open position (medium open position) 101b2, and the third.
- An opening angle adjusting mechanism 151 that opens to an opening position (large opening position) 101b3 is provided.
- FIG. 22 is explanatory drawing which shows the state of the open angle adjustment mechanism part 151 when the side surface opening-and-closing door 101 is the closed position 101b0.
- FIG. 22B is an explanatory diagram when the opening angle adjusting mechanism 151 shown in FIG. 22A is viewed from the right side of the image forming main body device 2.
- FIG. 23 is an explanatory diagram showing a state of the opening angle adjusting mechanism 151 when the side opening / closing door 101 is opened to the first opening position 101b1.
- FIG. 24 is an explanatory diagram showing a state of the opening angle adjustment mechanism 151 when the side opening / closing door 101 is opened to the second opening position 101b2.
- FIG. 25 is an explanatory diagram showing a state of the opening angle adjustment mechanism 151 when the side opening / closing door 101 is opened to the third opening position 101b3.
- the opening angle adjusting mechanism 151 includes an elongated plate-shaped opening angle adjusting member 152.
- the material of the opening angle adjusting member 152 is, for example, a metal such as PET (Polyethylene terephthalate), ABS (acrylonitrile butadiene styrene), iron, or SUS.
- the opening angle adjusting mechanism 151 is disposed in the front-rear direction of the image forming main body 2 inside the image forming main body 2, and the rear end is rotatably connected to the side surface of the side opening / closing door 101 by the shaft member 153. Has been.
- a guide hole 152a extending in the left-right direction of the image forming main body device 2 is formed in the opening angle adjusting member 152, and a guide pin 154 fixed to the image forming main body device 2 is inserted into the guide hole 152a.
- the lower side of the opening angle adjusting member 152 around the guide hole 152a has a linear shape.
- the upper side of the guide hole 152a is directed from the right end portion (end portion on the side surface opening / closing door 101 side) of the guide hole 152a toward the left end portion, the first guide portion 152a1, the first locking portion 152a2, and the second guide portion 152a3.
- locking part 152a4 is formed.
- the left end portion (terminal portion) of the guide hole 152a that is further leftward than the second locking portion 152a4 is a third locking portion 152a5.
- the first guide part 152a1 and the second guide part 152a3 are horizontal after being inclined obliquely upward.
- the first locking portion 152a2 and the second locking portion 152a4 extend downward from the terminal ends of the first guide portion 152a1 and the second guide portion 152a3.
- a guide pin 154 is engaged with the first locking portion 152a2, the second locking portion 152a4, and the second guiding portion 152a3, and the opening angle adjustment to the right side of the image forming main body device 2 with the opening of the side opening / closing door 101 is adjusted. The movement of the member 152 is prevented.
- the opening angle adjusting mechanism 151 has the side opening / closing.
- the opening angle adjusting member 152 moves to the right side of the image forming main body apparatus 2.
- the opening angle adjusting member 152 moves while the first guide portion 152 a 1 is on the guide pin 154, and the first locking portion 152 a 2 is engaged with the guide pin 154. Then, further movement of the opening angle adjusting member 152 is prevented.
- the side opening / closing door 101 is opened to the first opening position 101b1.
- the opening angle (first opening angle) of the first opening position 101b1 with respect to the closing position 101a0 is 30 ° to 45 °
- the opening angle (second opening angle) of the second opening position 101b2 is 45 °
- the opening angle of the third opening position 101b3 is 90 ° to 110 °.
- the toner cartridges 71 to 74 can be replaced at the first opening position 101b1, and the toner cartridges 71 to 74 and the waste toner box 69 can be replaced at the second opening position 101b2.
- the toner cartridges 71 to 74, the waste toner box 69 and the process unit 11 can be replaced.
- the procedures for exchanging the toner cartridges 71 to 74, the waste toner box 69, and the process unit 11 are as described above.
- the toner cartridges 71 to 74 are exchanged in a state where the side opening / closing door 101 is opened to the first opening position 101b1 at the first opening angle (30 ° to 45 °). Can do. Further, the waste toner box 69 can be replaced while the side opening / closing door 101 is opened to the second opening position 101b2 at the second opening angle (45 ° to 75 °). That is, in addition to the replacement operation of the toner cartridges 71 to 74, the replacement operation of the waste toner box 69 can be performed with the right hand with the same side opening / closing door 101 opened at a small angle.
- the toner cartridges 71 to 74 and the waste toner box 69 can be replaced.
- the other advantages of the image forming apparatus 1 are the same as those of the above-described configuration in which the side opening / closing door 101 is opened by the opening angle adjusting mechanism 103.
- the toner cartridges 71 to 74, the waste toner box 69, and the process unit 11 can be easily replaced, and the number of necessary opening / closing doors is suppressed. Can be simplified.
- FIG. 26 is a substitute for FIG.
- the image forming apparatus 5 has the following differences from the image forming apparatus 1 described above.
- the image forming apparatus 1 is the same as the image forming apparatus 1 described in the first embodiment except for the following differences.
- the sheet on which the toner image is transferred in the transfer unit 14 is conveyed to the fixing unit 15, and the toner image is fixed on the sheet in the fixing unit 15. Thereafter, the paper is discharged onto the paper discharge tray 16 by the paper discharge roller 20. That is, the paper discharge tray 16 receives printed paper discharged from the back side of the image forming main body device 2 (image forming device 5).
- the toner cartridges 71 to 74 are arranged using the space inside the vertical wall portion 82 and have a vertically long shape to increase the capacity and make it easy to secure a desired capacity.
- the toner cartridges 71 to 74 are vertically long and have a large capacity, it is possible to suppress an increase in the size of the image forming main body apparatus 2 (image forming apparatus 5), and the toner cartridges 71 to 74 Exchange frequency can be reduced.
- the toner intermediate receiving member 76 has a structure shown in FIG. FIG. 26 is a longitudinal sectional view showing the structure of the toner intermediate receiving member 76.
- the toner intermediate receiving member 76 is fixed to the image forming main body device 2 and includes a toner conveying screw 76d therein as shown in FIG.
- the toner taken in from the toner take-in port 76a is carried by the toner carrying screw 76d, and replenished from the toner replenishing port 76c to the developing device 43a through the toner take-in port 43a2.
- the toner conveying screw 76d is rotated by receiving a driving force from the image forming main body device 2.
- reference numeral 85 denotes an ADF support portion provided inside the vertical wall portion 82, and this ADF support portion 85 is also provided inside the vertical wall portion 81 in the same manner. . These ADF support portions 85 are for supporting the automatic document feeder 3 disposed on the vertical wall portions 81 and 82.
- the toner cartridges 71 to 74 are arranged using the space inside the vertical wall portion 82, and have a large capacity as a vertically long shape, so that a desired capacity can be easily secured.
- the toner cartridges 71 to 74 are vertically long and have a large capacity, it is possible to suppress an increase in the size of the image forming main body apparatus 2 (image forming apparatus 5), and the toner cartridges 71 to 74 Exchange frequency can be reduced.
- the side opening / closing door 101 is opened and the cartridge mounting portions 65 to 68 are not rotated to the position where the insertion of the toner cartridges 71 to 74 is received.
- the opening angle of the door 101 can be reduced, and this also enables work in a narrow work area.
- the image forming apparatus 5 of the present embodiment can suppress an increase in size of the apparatus even when the capacity of the toner cartridges 71 to 74 is ensured.
- FIG. 5 Still another embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to FIGS. 1 to 7, 9, and 27 to 35.
- FIG. 1 to 7 Still another embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to FIGS. 1 to 7, 9, and 27 to 35.
- the image forming apparatus 6 has the following differences from the image forming apparatus 1 described above.
- the image forming apparatus 1 is the same as the image forming apparatus 1 described in the first embodiment except for the following differences.
- (Cartridge mounting part and toner cartridge) As shown in FIG. 3, four cartridge mounting portions (consumable container mounting portions) 65 to 68 are provided in the upper part of the right side position of the image forming main body 2 with respect to the process unit 11, and the waste toner is provided in the lower part.
- a box 69 is provided.
- the cartridge mounting portions 65 to 68 have a vertically long shape in the vertical direction, and are arranged in the front-rear direction of the image forming apparatus 6 at the same height position.
- the cartridge mounting portions 65 to 68 have a structure in which adjacent ones are connected and integrated, and are provided corresponding to the developing devices 43a to 43d, respectively.
- toner cartridges (consumable containers) 71 to 74 are mounted on the cartridge mounting portions 65 to 68, respectively.
- FIG. 27 is a side view showing the toner cartridge 71 shown in FIG. 5 in a simplified manner.
- FIG. 9 is a front view of the toner cartridge 71
- FIG. 28 is a front view schematically showing the cartridge mounting portion 65 shown in FIG. 3
- FIG. 29 is a cross-sectional view taken along line AA in FIG.
- the toner cartridge 71 is formed in a vertically long shape in the vertical direction, and includes a toner storage portion 71a for storing the toner therein.
- a toner supply port 71b is formed at the lower end of the toner storage portion 71a, and a shutter 71c that opens and closes the toner supply port 71b is provided.
- the lower end surface where the toner supply port 71b is formed is curved in an arc shape, and the shutter 71c is formed in an arc shape correspondingly.
- the shutter 71c is closed by the action of a spring (not shown) in a normal state where the toner cartridge 71 is not mounted on the cartridge mounting portion 65.
- fitting convex portions (first members) 71d are provided at positions above the toner supply port 71b and below the toner cartridge 71 near the position of the toner supply port 71b. . That is, one fitting convex portion 71 d projects in the front direction of the image forming main body device 2, and the other fitting convex portion 71 d projects in the rear direction of the image forming main body device 2.
- the upper and lower surfaces of the fitting convex portion 71d are arcuate curved surfaces 71d1, and the space between the upper and lower curved surfaces 71d1 is a straight portion 71d2 having a width narrower than the width between both curved surfaces 71d1.
- the cartridge mounting portion 65 has a cartridge facing portion 65 c that is arranged vertically along the right surface of the image forming main body apparatus 2.
- a convex wall portion (second member) 65a is provided at the left and right positions near the lower end portion of the cartridge facing portion 65c (the front direction position and the back direction position with respect to the image forming main body device 2).
- fitting concave portions 65b are formed on the inner surfaces facing each other.
- the fitting recess 65b has a straight recess 65b2 at the introduction portion and a circular recess 65b1 at the end of the fitting recess 65b.
- the straight concave portion 65b2 is slightly wider than the straight portion 71d2 in the fitting convex portion 71d of the toner cartridge 71, and the circular concave portion 65b1 is between the curved surfaces 71d1 in the fitting convex portion 71d of the toner cartridge 71.
- the diameter is slightly wider than the width.
- the straight recess 65b2 is inclined to the right surface side of the image forming main body device 2 with respect to the vertical vertical direction.
- the operator first moves the toner cartridge 71 obliquely downward from above with respect to the cartridge mounting portion 65, and the straight shape of the fitting convex portion 71d.
- the portion 71d2 is inserted into the straight recess 65b2 of the fitting recess 65b.
- the toner cartridge 71 is moved obliquely downward until the fitting convex portion 71d reaches the circular concave portion 65b1 of the fitting concave portion 65b.
- the toner cartridge 71 is rotated until the toner cartridge 71 contacts the cartridge facing portion 65c of the cartridge mounting portion 65.
- the rotation of the toner cartridge 71 can be smoothly performed because the fitting convex portion 71d is rotatably held in the circular concave portion 65b1 of the fitting concave portion 65b.
- the toner cartridge 71 includes a storage device 201 as shown in FIG.
- the storage device 201 is arranged in a state protruding from the surface of the toner cartridge 71 facing the cartridge mounting portion 65, that is, in a state having a convex portion.
- the cartridge mounting unit 65 includes a connector (connecting device) 211 corresponding to the storage device 201 as shown in FIGS.
- the connector 211 is disposed so as to face the storage device 201 in a state where the mounting of the toner cartridge 71 to the cartridge mounting portion 65 is completed.
- the connector 211 has a fitting recess 211a into which the storage device 201 is fitted, and the storage device 201 is fitted into the fitting recess 211a in a state in which the mounting of the toner cartridge 71 to the cartridge mounting portion 65 is completed. (See FIG. 32).
- the image forming main body device 2 can read information in the storage device 201, rewrite information, and write new information.
- FIG. 30 is a block diagram showing an electrical connection state between the storage device 201 provided in the toner cartridges 71 to 74 and the image forming apparatus 6.
- the storage device 201 includes an IC chip 202 having a nonvolatile memory.
- the image forming apparatus 6 includes a control device 221, and a storage device 222 and an operation panel 21 are connected to the control device 221.
- the operation panel 21 includes a display device 223.
- the control device 221 reads information from and rewrites information to the storage device 201 and writes new information. Further, the control device 221 causes the display device 223 of the operation panel 21 to appropriately display information read from the storage device 201 and other information. For example, when it is determined from the information read from the storage device 201 that the toner cartridges 71 to 74 are erroneously mounted, the display device 223 displays that fact.
- the information stored in the storage device 201 is other information such as the remaining amount of toner in the toner cartridges 71 to 74 and the number of reuses when the toner cartridges 71 to 74 are reused.
- FIG. 31 is an explanatory view showing a state in which the toner cartridge 71 is moved obliquely downward from above and the fitting convex portion 71d of the toner cartridge 71 is inserted into the fitting concave portion 65b of the cartridge mounting portion 65.
- FIG. 32 is an explanatory diagram showing a state where the mounting of the toner cartridge 71 to the cartridge mounting portion 65 is completed.
- the toner intermediate receiving member 76 is formed with a toner intake port 76a.
- the position of the toner intake port 76a is a position facing the toner supply port 71b of the toner cartridge 71 in a state where the toner cartridge 71 is mounted on the cartridge mounting unit 65.
- the shutter 71c of the toner cartridge 71 has an engaging convex portion 71e
- the toner intermediate receiving member 76 has an engaging receiving portion 76b that engages with the engaging convex portion 71e. Is formed.
- the shutter 71c is opened and the toner supply port 71b is opened.
- the toner in the toner cartridge 71 is supplied to the toner supply port 71b, the toner intake port 76a of the toner intermediate receiving member 76, the toner intermediate receiving member 76, the toner supply port 76c of the toner intermediate receiving member 76, and the toner intake.
- the toner is supplied to the developing device 43a through the toner intake 43a2 of the portion 43a1.
- the toner intermediate receiving member 76 has a structure shown in FIG. FIG. 33 is a longitudinal sectional view showing the structure of the toner intermediate receiving member 76.
- the toner intermediate receiving member 76 is fixed to the image forming main body 2 and includes a toner conveying screw 76d therein as shown in FIG.
- the toner taken in from the toner take-in port 76a is carried by the toner carrying screw 76d, and replenished from the toner replenishing port 76c to the developing device 43a through the toner take-in port 43a2.
- the toner conveying screw 76d is rotated by receiving a driving force from the image forming main body device 2.
- FIG. 34 is an explanatory diagram showing another arrangement form of the storage device 201 and the connector 211.
- the toner cartridge 71 has a container-like toner containing portion 71a for containing toner, and the toner supply port 71b is formed on the lower surface of the toner containing portion 71a.
- a downward recess 71a1 is formed in a part of the upper surface of the toner accommodating portion 71a, and the storage device 201 is disposed in the recess 71a1.
- the storage device 201 is disposed in an inclined state in the recess 71a1 so as to be positioned on an arc centered on the center of the fitting protrusion 71d of the toner cartridge 71.
- the connector 211 is disposed to be inclined so as to be positioned on the arc.
- the inclination angle ⁇ of the storage device 201 and the connector 211 with respect to the horizontal direction is preferably 30 ° or less.
- the toner cartridge 71 is fitted.
- the storage device 201 can be smoothly fitted into the fitting recess 211a of the connector 211.
- the storage device 201 is disposed in a recess 71a1 formed on the upper surface of the toner storage portion 71a, and the connector 211 is disposed at a position corresponding to the storage device 201. Therefore, for example, even when the toner leaked from the toner cartridge 71 is scattered, the toner hardly adheres to the storage device 201 or the connector 211. As a result, poor contact between the storage device 201 and the connector 211 due to scattered toner is unlikely to occur, and the function of stably communicating the storage device 201 and the image forming apparatus 6 over a long period of time can be further enhanced.
- the storage device 201 is provided on the toner storage portion 71a, so the rotation radius of the storage device 201 is the maximum rotation radius of the toner cartridge 71 or The turning radius is close to that. Thereby, fitting with the memory
- the operator starts from the position where the toner cartridge 71 is mounted on the cartridge mounting portion 65 (installation completed state) as illustrated in FIG. Then, the toner cartridge 71 is rotated clockwise (clockwise) around the fitting convex portion 71d until the toner supply port 71b of the toner cartridge 71 is closed by the shutter 71c.
- the rotation angle of the toner cartridge 71 from the position shown in FIG. 32 to the position shown in FIG. 31 is, for example, 30 °.
- the storage device 201 of the toner cartridge 71 is removed from the fitting recess 211 a in the connector 211 of the cartridge mounting portion 65, and the connection terminal of the storage device 201 and the connection terminal of the connector 211 are connected. Blocked. As a result, communication between the storage device 201 and the connector 211 cannot be performed.
- the straight part 71 d 2 in the fitting convex part 71 d of the toner cartridge 71 is parallel to the straight concave part 65 b 2 in the fitting concave part 65 b of the cartridge mounting part 65. Therefore, the operator moves the toner cartridge 71 obliquely upward in the state of the angle shown in FIG. As a result, the fitting convex portion 71 d of the toner cartridge 71 is removed from the fitting concave portion 65 b of the cartridge mounting portion 65. In this case, the engagement between the engagement convex portion 71e in the shutter 71c of the toner cartridge 71 and the engagement receiving portion 76b in the toner intake portion 43a1 of the developing device 43a is released. Accordingly, the toner cartridge 71 can be extracted from the image forming main body device 2 with the shutter 71c closed and the toner supply port 71b closed.
- the operator may perform the operation opposite to the above-described operation for removing the toner cartridge 71 to bring the toner cartridge 71 into the mounting completion state shown in FIG.
- the storage device 201 of the toner cartridge 71 is fitted into the fitting recess 211a in the connector 211 of the cartridge mounting portion 65, and the connection terminal of the storage device 201 and the connection terminal of the connector 211 are connected. As a result, communication between the storage device 201 and the connector 211 becomes possible.
- the shutter 71c is opened, and the toner in the toner cartridge 71 can be supplied to the developing device 43a through the toner supply port 71b and the toner intake port 43a2 of the toner intake part 43a1.
- the cartridge mounting portions 65 to 68 that is, the image forming main body.
- a decrease in the mounting accuracy (positioning accuracy) of the toner cartridges 71 to 74 with respect to the apparatus 2 can be prevented over a long period of time.
- a stable communication state between the storage device 201 provided in the toner cartridges 71 to 74 and the image forming apparatus 6 can be maintained over a long period of time.
- a special or dedicated positioning mechanism such as a positioning pin and a positioning recess into which the positioning pin is inserted is not necessary.
- FIG. 35 is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration when the storage device 231 arranged in the toner cartridge 71 communicates with the image forming apparatus 6 wirelessly.
- the storage device 231 is disposed on the surface of the toner cartridge 71 facing the cartridge mounting portion 65.
- the reading / writing device (connection device) 241 is disposed at a position facing the storage device 231 in the cartridge mounting unit 65 in a state where the toner cartridge 71 is completely mounted in the cartridge mounting unit 65.
- the reading / writing device 241 replaces the connector 211 and communicates with the storage device 231 in a non-contact state with the storage device 231.
- the storage device 231 and the reading / writing device 241 communicate with each other by radio waves, for example, and the reading / writing device 241 reads, rewrites, and writes information in the storage device 231.
- the storage device 231 is, for example, a non-contact IC tag having a nonvolatile memory, and Tag-it (manufactured by Texas Instruments) or ⁇ -Cip (manufactured by Hitachi) can be used.
- the toner cartridge 71 (toner cartridges 71 to 74) and the image forming apparatus 6 communicate with each other in the same manner as in the configuration shown in FIGS. 32 and 34 in a state where the toner cartridge 71 is mounted on the cartridge mounting portion 65. can do.
- FIG. 35 shows a case where the storage device 231 and the reading / writing device 241 are arranged at positions corresponding to the arrangement positions of the storage device 201 and the connector 211 shown in FIG.
- the storage device 231 and the reading / writing device 241 may be arranged at an arrangement position corresponding to the arrangement position of the storage device 201 and the connector 211 shown in FIG.
- the configuration in which the storage device 231 is disposed on the toner accommodating portion 71a of the toner cartridge 71 makes it difficult for scattered toner to adhere particularly. Therefore, in such a configuration, when the storage device 231 and the reading / writing device 241 communicate using the UHF band of wireless radio waves and the toner is magnetic toner, communication interference due to magnetic toner hardly occurs. It is particularly effective.
- the cartridge even when the toner cartridges 71 to 74 are frequently replaced with the side opening / closing door 101 opened to a narrow opening angle position (first opening position 101a1), the cartridge It is possible to prevent a decrease in mounting accuracy (positioning accuracy) of the toner cartridges 71 to 74 with respect to the mounting portions 65 to 68, that is, the image forming main body device 2, over a long period of time. As a result, a stable communication state between the storage device 201 provided in the toner cartridges 71 to 74 and the image forming apparatus 6 can be maintained over a long period of time.
- the image forming apparatus of the present invention includes the toner cartridge that is detachably mounted on either the left side or the right side of the image forming apparatus, the developing device, and the photosensitive member.
- a process unit that is detachably attached to the image forming apparatus from one side surface, and is formed to be openable and closable on the one side surface of the housing of the image forming apparatus.
- a side opening / closing door is provided that can be attached to and detached from a small opening position with an acute opening angle and the process unit can be attached and detached and can be opened to a large opening position with an opening angle larger than the small opening position.
- the toner cartridge is replaced with the side opening / closing door opened to a small opening position with an acute opening angle, and the process unit is replaced with an opening angle larger than the small opening position. Opened to the large open position.
- the toner cartridge and the process unit can be exchanged with the same side opening door opened, these operations can be easily performed.
- the number of doors required for the image forming apparatus can be reduced, the structure of the image forming apparatus can be simplified.
- the toner cartridge can be replaced with the side opening / closing door opened to a narrow (acute angle) small opening position
- the side opening door is set to the small opening position on the side of the image forming apparatus. This is possible if a relatively small space that can be opened is secured.
- the image forming apparatus or the arrangement around the image forming apparatus is not moved.
- the toner cartridge can be replaced.
- the replacement frequency of the toner cartridge is much higher than the replacement frequency of the process unit.
- the image forming apparatus includes a waste toner box that is detachably mounted under the toner cartridge on the side of the one side and that stores the collected waste toner, and the waste toner box at the large open position. It is good also as a structure which can be attached or detached.
- the replacement of the toner cartridge is performed by opening the side opening / closing door to a small opening position with an acute opening angle, and the replacement of the waste toner box, the waste toner box, and the process unit is performed using the side opening / closing door. It is performed by opening to a large opening position with an opening angle larger than the small opening position.
- the replacement operation of the toner cartridge, the waste toner box, and the process unit can be performed by opening the same side opening / closing door, so that these operations can be easily performed.
- the structure of the image forming apparatus can be simplified.
- the image forming apparatus includes a waste toner box that is detachably mounted under the toner cartridge on the side of the one side, and that stores the collected waste toner.
- the side opening door has an opening angle.
- the waste toner box may be configured to be openable to a middle opening position that is larger than the small opening position and smaller than the large opening position, and the waste toner box is detachable at the middle opening position.
- the toner cartridge is replaced by opening the side opening / closing door to a small opening position with an acute opening angle, and the waste toner box is replaced by changing the side opening / closing door from the small opening position.
- the process unit is exchanged by opening the side opening / closing door to the large open position.
- the replacement operation of the toner cartridge, the waste toner box, and the process unit can be performed by opening the same side opening / closing door, so that these operations can be easily performed.
- the structure of the image forming apparatus can be simplified.
- the replacement frequency of the waste toner box is lower than the replacement frequency of the toner cartridge, but is higher than the replacement frequency of the process unit.
- Such replacement of the waste toner box can be performed by opening the side opening / closing door to the middle opening position where the opening angle is larger than the small opening position and smaller than the large opening position. Thereby, the replacement of the waste toner box can be performed while suppressing the working space on the side of the image forming apparatus.
- the side opening / closing door can be opened / closed by rotating in the vertical direction around the lower portion, and the toner cartridge can be opened in the state where the side opening / closing door is opened to a small opening position.
- a configuration may be adopted in which mounting is performed by moving in an oblique direction downward from the upper side with respect to one side surface, and then rotating in a direction to stand up with the lower portion as the center, and being removed by an operation opposite to this.
- the toner cartridge stands up around the lower part after being moved obliquely downward from the upper side with respect to one side surface of the image forming apparatus in a state where the side opening / closing door is opened to the small opening position. It is attached by rotating it in the direction to be removed, and is pulled out by the reverse operation.
- the toner cartridge can be appropriately attached to and detached from the image forming apparatus in a state where the side opening / closing door is opened to a small opening position with an acute opening angle.
- the side opening / closing door includes a door upper portion and a door lower portion arranged vertically, and the door upper portion and the door lower portion are configured such that the door upper portion is rotatable up and down around the lower portion.
- the door lower part can be opened and closed by rotating in the vertical direction around the lower part, and the side opening door can be opened to the small opening position by opening the door upper part to the door. It is a state opened to the lower part, and the side opening door may be opened to the large opening position in a state where the door upper part and the door lower part are opened.
- the opening of the side opening / closing door to the small opening position is a state in which the upper part of the door is open to the lower part of the door, and the opening of the side opening / closing door to the large opening position is performed by the upper part of the door and the lower part of the door. Is open. Accordingly, the rotation area of the side opening / closing door can be reduced when opened to the small opening position, and the working space on the side of the image forming apparatus required when the toner cartridge is attached / detached can be further reduced.
- the image forming apparatus of the present invention has a paper discharge tray that is formed on the upper surface of the image forming apparatus and receives paper discharged from the back side of the image forming apparatus, and at least one position on the left or right of the paper discharge tray. And a vertical wall portion formed along the paper discharge tray and having a top surface height higher than a height of the top surface of the paper discharge tray, and a left or right side surface of the image forming apparatus.
- a toner cartridge that is detachably mounted on the side, and at a mounting completion position, at least an upper portion is disposed inside the vertical wall portion; and a waste toner that is detachably mounted and recovered at a position below the toner cartridge.
- a waste toner box to be accommodated and formed to be openable and closable in an area including a side surface of the vertical wall portion on the one side surface of the housing of the image forming apparatus.
- a Configurations for a side door that allows attachment and detachment of the pre said waste toner box.
- the vertical wall portion is formed along the discharge tray at at least one of the left and right positions of the discharge tray, and the height of the upper surface is higher than the height of the upper surface of the discharge tray.
- the toner cartridge is detachably mounted on either the left or right side surface of the image forming apparatus, and at least the upper portion is disposed inside the vertical wall portion at the mounting completion position.
- the toner cartridge can be arranged by utilizing the space inside the vertical wall portion, and the capacity can be increased, for example, as a vertically long shape. As a result, even when the toner cartridge is vertically long and has a large capacity, the image forming apparatus can be prevented from being enlarged, and the replacement frequency of the toner cartridge can be reduced.
- the replacement operation of the toner cartridge and the waste toner box is performed with the side opening / closing door formed on one side of the housing of the image forming apparatus opened.
- the replacement operation of the toner cartridge and the waste toner box can be performed by opening the same side opening / closing door, so that these operations can be easily performed.
- the structure of the image forming apparatus can be simplified.
- the side opening / closing door has an opening angle set in a plurality of stages, an acute opening angle at which the toner cartridge can be attached and detached, and the waste toner box can be attached and detached. It is good also as a structure which can be open
- the replacement operation of the toner cartridge can be performed in a state where the toner cartridge is opened to the first opening position having an acute opening angle. Therefore, it is possible if a relatively small space can be secured on the side of the image forming apparatus so that the side opening / closing door can be opened to the first opening position.
- the image forming apparatus or the arrangement around the image forming apparatus is not moved.
- the toner cartridge can be replaced.
- the replacement frequency of the toner cartridge is much higher than the replacement frequency of the waste toner box. Therefore, even in an environment where the installation space of the image forming apparatus is likely to be limited such as a small office or a home office, it is possible to easily replace the toner cartridge with a high replacement frequency.
- the side opening / closing door can be opened / closed by rotating in a vertical direction around a lower portion, and the toner cartridge is in a state where the side opening / closing door is opened to the first opening position.
- the toner cartridge After moving from the upper side to the lower side obliquely with respect to the one side surface, it may be mounted by rotating in a standing direction with the lower part as the center, and may be pulled out by the reverse operation.
- the toner cartridge is moved from the upper side to the lower side with respect to the one side surface of the image forming apparatus in a state where the side opening / closing door is opened to the first open position, and then the lower side is the center. It is mounted by rotating it in a standing direction, and is pulled out by a reverse operation.
- the toner cartridge can be appropriately attached to and detached from the image forming apparatus in a state where the side opening / closing door is opened to the first opening position of the acute opening angle.
- the image forming apparatus includes a toner cartridge mounting portion to which the toner cartridge is mounted.
- the toner cartridge includes a first member at a lower portion, and the toner cartridge mounting portion corresponds to the lower portion of the toner cartridge.
- a second member that fits with the first member at a position and holds the toner cartridge so that the toner cartridge is rotatably mounted in the cartridge mounting portion and in the opposite direction around the lower portion; It is good also as composition which has.
- the toner cartridge when the toner cartridge is mounted on the toner cartridge mounting portion and disposed at the mounting completion position, the first member of the toner cartridge is fitted to the second member of the cartridge mounting portion, and the toner cartridge Rotate to the mounting completion position around the bottom of the.
- the toner cartridge is held by aged as compared with a configuration in which the toner cartridge is temporarily held by a toner cartridge holding member such as an opening / closing door and then the toner cartridge holding member is rotated to place the toner cartridge at the installation completion position.
- the toner cartridge can be accurately placed at the mounting completion position over a long period of time without being affected by the deformation of the member.
- the image forming apparatus includes a consumable container, a storage device provided in the consumable container, a consumable container mounting portion to which the consumable container is mounted, and the consumable container being the consumable.
- a connection device in which an electrical connection state with respect to the storage device occurs in a state of being placed at a mounting completion position with respect to the container mounting portion; a first member provided at a lower portion of the consumable container; and the consumable container mounting portion A second member which is provided at a position corresponding to the lower part of the first member and which fits with the first member and holds the consumable container rotatably around the lower part in the mounting completion position and the opposite direction. It is the structure equipped with.
- the first member provided at the lower portion of the consumable container is disposed at the consumable container mounting portion.
- the consumables container is fitted to a second member provided at a position corresponding to the lower part of the consumable container, and is rotated about the lower part of the consumable container to the mounting completion position.
- an electrical connection state between the storage device provided in the consumable container and the connection device that is, an electrical connection state by wire or wireless occurs. Accordingly, communication between the storage device and the image forming apparatus, for example, a control device included in the image forming apparatus is possible.
- the consumable container is temporarily held by a consumable container holding member such as an opening / closing door, and then the consumable container holding member is rotated to place the consumable container at the mounting completion position (Patent Documents 3 and 4). ),
- the consumable container can be accurately placed at the mounting completion position without being affected by the deformation of the consumable container holding member over time.
- the positioning pin is caused by the collision of the consumable container and the deformation of the positioning pin.
- the consumable container can be accurately placed at the mounting completion position without being affected by the positional deviation from the positioning hole.
- the consumable container is a toner cartridge
- the toner cartridge includes a toner supply port at a lower end portion and a shutter that opens and closes the toner supply port, and the shutter includes the toner cartridge. It is good also as a structure open
- the consumable container is the toner cartridge, and the shutter of the toner cartridge is opened in accordance with the rotation of the toner cartridge toward the mounting completion position.
- the toner replenishing port is opened, and the toner can be replenished from the toner cartridge.
- the consumable container may be a toner cartridge
- the toner cartridge may include a toner storage unit that stores toner
- the storage device may be provided on the toner storage unit. Good.
- the storage device since the storage device is provided on the toner container of the toner cartridge, for example, even when the toner leaking from the toner cartridge is scattered, the toner is stored in the storage device or the connection device. It is difficult to adhere. Accordingly, communication failure between the storage device and the connection device due to the scattered toner is unlikely to occur, and the function of stably communicating between the storage device and the image forming apparatus over a long period of time can be further enhanced.
- the storage device has a convex portion that is a portion at least partially protruding from a surface of the toner cartridge that faces the consumable container mounting portion, and the connection device includes the convex portion. It is good also as a structure which has the fitting recessed part by which a part is fitted.
- the convex portion of the storage device is fitted into the fitting concave portion of the connection device.
- the rotation radius of the storage device that is, the convex portion is the maximum rotation radius of the toner cartridge or a rotation radius close thereto.
- the consumable container is detachably attached to either the left or right side surface of the image forming apparatus, and the one side surface of the housing of the image forming apparatus has a lower portion
- a side opening / closing door is provided that can be opened and closed by rotating in a vertical direction around the center, and can be opened to an open position where the consumable container can be attached and detached, and the first member and the second member are In a state where the side opening / closing door is opened, the consumable container is fitted to each other by moving the consumable container obliquely downward from above with respect to the one side surface, and the consumable container is moved in the opposite direction. It is good also as a structure by which fitting is cancelled
- the first member of the consumable container and the second member of the consumable container mounting portion are configured such that the consumable container is placed on one side of the image forming apparatus in a state where the side opening / closing door is opened. Then, they are fitted to each other by moving obliquely downward from above, and the fitting is released by moving the consumable container in the opposite direction.
- the attachment / detachment operation of the consumable container with respect to the image forming apparatus can be performed in a state where the side opening / closing door is opened obliquely smaller than 90 ° with respect to the side surface of the image forming apparatus. That is, the rotation area of the side opening / closing door when the consumable container is attached to or detached from the image forming apparatus can be reduced, and the work space on the side of the image forming apparatus required when attaching or detaching the consumable container is reduced. can do.
- the consumable container is a toner cartridge, and includes a waste toner box that is detachably attached to a lower position of the toner cartridge and stores the collected waste toner. Is openable to a first opening position having an acute opening angle and a second opening position having an opening angle larger than the first opening position, and the toner cartridge is detachable in the first opening position,
- the waste toner box may be detachable at the second open position.
- the replacement operation of the toner cartridge is performed by opening the side opening / closing door to the first opening position of the acute opening angle
- the replacement operation of the waste toner box is performed by moving the side opening / closing door to the first opening position. It opens to the 2nd open position of a larger open angle.
- the replacement operation of the toner cartridge and the waste toner box can be performed by opening the same side opening / closing door, so that these operations can be easily performed.
- the structure of the image forming apparatus can be simplified.
- the toner cartridge replacement operation can be performed in a state in which the side opening / closing door is opened to the first opening position of a narrow angle (acute angle), and therefore the side opening / closing door is opened to the side of the image forming apparatus. This is possible if a relatively small space that can be opened to the position can be secured.
- the image forming apparatus or the arrangement around the image forming apparatus is not moved.
- the toner cartridge can be replaced.
- the replacement frequency of the toner cartridge is much higher than the replacement frequency of the waste toner box.
Landscapes
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Electrophotography Configuration And Component (AREA)
Abstract
An image forming main unit device (2) is provided with a side surface opening and closing door (101) that can be opened into a small opening position in which the opening angle is set in a plurality of steps and which has an acute opening angle such that toner cartridges (71 - 74) can be inserted and removed and a large opening position in which a processing unit can be inserted and removed. Thus, replacement operations for the toner cartridges and the processing unit can be made simple and the number of opening and closing doors necessary is held down.
Description
本発明は、トナーカートリッジを備え、トナーカートリッジから供給されるトナーにより可視像を形成する画像形成装置に関する。
The present invention relates to an image forming apparatus that includes a toner cartridge and forms a visible image with toner supplied from the toner cartridge.
また、本発明は、トナーカートリッジを備え、トナーカートリッジから供給されるトナーにより可視像を形成する画像形成装置に関する。
The present invention also relates to an image forming apparatus that includes a toner cartridge and forms a visible image with toner supplied from the toner cartridge.
さらに、本発明は、消耗品容器を備えた画像形成装置に関する。
Furthermore, the present invention relates to an image forming apparatus provided with a consumable container.
電子写真方式の画像形成装置では、プロセスユニットにおいて、印刷する画像に応じた静電潜像を形成し、その静電潜像を可視化している。具体的には、プロセスユニットは、感光体および現像装置を備え、感光体に静電潜像を形成し、この静電潜像を現像装置から供給されるトナーによって現像すなわち可視化している。なお、現像によって感光体表面に形成されたトナー像は、例えば転写ベルトに転写され、さらに転写ベルトから用紙上に転写された後、定着装置において用紙上に定着される。
In an electrophotographic image forming apparatus, an electrostatic latent image corresponding to an image to be printed is formed in a process unit, and the electrostatic latent image is visualized. Specifically, the process unit includes a photoconductor and a developing device, forms an electrostatic latent image on the photoconductor, and develops or visualizes the electrostatic latent image with toner supplied from the developing device. The toner image formed on the surface of the photoconductor by development is transferred to, for example, a transfer belt, and further transferred from the transfer belt onto a sheet, and then fixed on the sheet in a fixing device.
画像形成装置において、現像によって現像装置のトナーが消費された場合には、トナーカートリッジから現像装置に適宜トナーが補給される。さらに、トナーカートリッジは、トナーが空になると新しいものと交換される。同様に、プロセスユニットは、例えば所定の印刷枚数に達すると、新しいものと交換される。
In the image forming apparatus, when the toner of the developing device is consumed by the development, the toner is appropriately supplied from the toner cartridge to the developing device. Further, the toner cartridge is replaced with a new one when the toner becomes empty. Similarly, the process unit is replaced with a new one when, for example, a predetermined number of printed sheets is reached.
ここで、従来、スモールオフィスやホームオフィスにて使用される画像形成装置は、小型化および省スペース化が促進されている。一方、スモールオフィスやホームオフィスでは、画像形成装置の側方に書類ファイルや書籍、書棚、キャビネット等が配置されている場合が多く、画像形成装置の側方のスペースを確保し難くなっている。このため、この種の画像形成装置では、トナーカートリッジやプロセスユニット等の交換作業において、作業者が画像形成装置の前面位置から操作できる構成が主流となっている。
Here, conventionally, an image forming apparatus used in a small office or a home office has been promoted to be reduced in size and space. On the other hand, in small offices and home offices, document files, books, bookshelves, cabinets, and the like are often arranged on the side of the image forming apparatus, making it difficult to secure a space on the side of the image forming apparatus. For this reason, in this type of image forming apparatus, a configuration in which an operator can operate from the front surface position of the image forming apparatus in replacement work of a toner cartridge, a process unit, and the like is mainstream.
画像形成装置において、前面位置から操作できる構成のうち、前面の扉を開放して操作する構成としては、例えば特許文献1および特許文献2に記載のものが知られている。
Among the configurations that can be operated from the front position in the image forming apparatus, for example, the configurations described in Patent Literature 1 and Patent Literature 2 are known as configurations that are operated by opening the front door.
特許文献1に記載されている画像形成装置では、支点回りの回動により、起立姿勢と傾斜姿勢との間で姿勢変更可能なカートリッジ支持部材(トレイ)が設けられている。トナーカートリッジは、カートリッジ支持部材が傾斜姿勢に設定された状態にて、カートリッジ支持部材に対して挿入および抜脱が可能である。また、起立姿勢に設定された状態にて現像装置に装着されるようになっている。これにより、前面ドアを開放した状態にて、カートリッジ支持部材の上面開口が作業者に向いた状態になり、カートリッジ支持部材に対するトナーカートリッジの挿入および抜脱が可能となっている。
The image forming apparatus described in Patent Document 1 is provided with a cartridge support member (tray) whose posture can be changed between a standing posture and an inclined posture by rotating around a fulcrum. The toner cartridge can be inserted into and removed from the cartridge support member in a state where the cartridge support member is set in the inclined posture. In addition, the image forming apparatus is mounted on the developing device in a state of being set to a standing posture. Thus, with the front door opened, the upper surface opening of the cartridge support member faces the operator, and the toner cartridge can be inserted into and removed from the cartridge support member.
特許文献2に記載されている画像形成装置では、前面にカートリッジ扉が設けられている。このカートリッジ扉内には、前面に開口する円柱穴形状の複数のトナーカートリッジ挿入穴が前後方向に形成されている。トナーカートリッジは、外形がトナーカートリッジ挿入穴に対応した円柱形状となっている。したがって、トナーカートリッジは、カートリッジ扉を開放した状態にて、トナーカートリッジ挿入穴に前方から挿入されることにより、画像形成装置に対して装着される。
In the image forming apparatus described in Patent Document 2, a cartridge door is provided on the front surface. In the cartridge door, a plurality of cylindrical toner cartridge insertion holes that open to the front surface are formed in the front-rear direction. The toner cartridge has a cylindrical shape whose outer shape corresponds to the toner cartridge insertion hole. Accordingly, the toner cartridge is attached to the image forming apparatus by being inserted from the front into the toner cartridge insertion hole with the cartridge door opened.
特許文献1および2に記載されているように、前面の扉を開放して作業者がトナーカートリッジを操作する構成では、画像形成装置の前面に作業者の作業スペースを確保する必要がある。しかしながら、スモールオフィスやホームオフィスでは、画像形成装置の前面側であっても、画像形成装置の前面位置での作業者の前後方向の動きにより他の人の通行の妨げになるなど、十分な作業スペースを確保できない場合が多く、円滑に作業を進めることが困難になり易い。
As described in Patent Documents 1 and 2, in a configuration in which the front door is opened and the operator operates the toner cartridge, it is necessary to secure the operator's work space on the front surface of the image forming apparatus. However, in small offices and home offices, even if it is on the front side of the image forming apparatus, sufficient work is performed such that the movement of the operator in the front-rear direction at the front position of the image forming apparatus hinders other people's traffic. There are many cases where space cannot be secured, and it is difficult to proceed smoothly.
そこで、画像形成装置の側面に作業用の扉を設け、作業者が画像形成装置の前面位置からトナーカートリッジ等を操作できる構成が考えられる。
Therefore, a configuration in which a working door is provided on the side surface of the image forming apparatus so that the operator can operate the toner cartridge or the like from the front position of the image forming apparatus can be considered.
例えば、特許文献3に記載されている画像形成装置では、画像形成装置の側面に、後方に開く開閉カバーが設けられている。開閉カバーの内面にはカートリッジホルダが設けられている。トナーカートリッジは、開閉カバーを開いた状態にて、カートリッジホルダに対して、斜め前後方向に挿入および抜脱が可能となっている。また、トナーカートリッジは、開閉カバーを閉じることにより画像形成装置の所定位置に装着されるようになっている。
For example, in the image forming apparatus described in Patent Document 3, an opening / closing cover that opens rearward is provided on a side surface of the image forming apparatus. A cartridge holder is provided on the inner surface of the opening / closing cover. The toner cartridge can be inserted into and removed from the cartridge holder obliquely in the front-rear direction with the open / close cover open. Further, the toner cartridge is mounted at a predetermined position of the image forming apparatus by closing the opening / closing cover.
また、特許文献4に記載されている画像形成装置では、画像形成装置の側面に、下方に開くサイドカバーが設けられ、サイドカバーにはカートリッジ収納部が設けられている。トナーカートリッジは、サイドカバーを開いた状態にて、カートリッジ収納部に対して、斜め上下方向に挿入および抜脱が可能となっている。また、トナーカートリッジは、サイドカバーを閉じることにより画像形成装置の所定位置に装着されるようになっている。
Further, in the image forming apparatus described in Patent Document 4, a side cover that opens downward is provided on the side surface of the image forming apparatus, and a cartridge housing portion is provided on the side cover. The toner cartridge can be inserted into and removed from the cartridge housing portion in an obliquely vertical direction with the side cover opened. Further, the toner cartridge is mounted at a predetermined position of the image forming apparatus by closing the side cover.
また、画像形成装置において、現像によって現像装置のトナーが消費された場合には、トナーカートリッジから現像装置に適宜トナーが補給される。また、感光体や転写ベルトに残留している不要なトナーは、廃棄用トナーとして廃トナーボックスに回収される。
In the image forming apparatus, when the toner of the developing device is consumed by the development, the toner is appropriately supplied from the toner cartridge to the developing device. Unnecessary toner remaining on the photoreceptor and the transfer belt is collected in a waste toner box as waste toner.
一方、トナーカートリッジは、トナーが空になると新しいものと交換される。同様に、廃トナーボックスは、廃棄トナーが一杯になると、新しいものと交換される。
On the other hand, the toner cartridge is replaced with a new one when the toner is empty. Similarly, the waste toner box is replaced with a new one when the waste toner is full.
ここで、前述のように、画像形成装置では、トナーカートリッジやプロセスユニット等の交換作業において、作業者が画像形成装置の前面位置から操作できる構成が主流となっている。
Here, as described above, in the image forming apparatus, a configuration in which an operator can operate from the front surface position of the image forming apparatus in the replacement work of the toner cartridge, the process unit, and the like.
特許文献5に記載されている画像形成装置では、排紙部の左側位置(画像形成装置の向って左側位置)にカートリッジ装着部が設けられている。カートリッジ装着部に対してのトナーカートリッジの交換は、カートリッジ装着部の上面を覆う装着カバーを上方に開放して行われる。
In the image forming apparatus described in Patent Document 5, a cartridge mounting portion is provided at a left side position of the paper discharge unit (left side of the image forming apparatus). The replacement of the toner cartridge with respect to the cartridge mounting portion is performed by opening the mounting cover covering the upper surface of the cartridge mounting portion upward.
特許文献6に記載されている画像形成装置では、本体の上面に排出トレイが形成されている。排出トレイにおける画像形成装置の前側を除く、左側、右側および後側には、支持部材が設けられ、それら支持部材の上にフラットベッドスキャナが設けられている。また、画像形成装置に向って左側の支持部材の内部には、トナーカートリッジが配置され、トナーカートリッジの交換は、左側の支持部材のサイドカバーを下方に開放して行われる。
In the image forming apparatus described in Patent Document 6, a discharge tray is formed on the upper surface of the main body. Support members are provided on the left side, right side, and rear side of the discharge tray except for the front side of the image forming apparatus, and a flat bed scanner is provided on the support members. Further, a toner cartridge is disposed inside the left support member facing the image forming apparatus, and the toner cartridge is replaced by opening the side cover of the left support member downward.
特許文献4に記載されている画像形成装置では、本体ケーシングの上面に胴内排紙部が形成され、この胴内排紙部の左側、右側および後側に縦壁形状の連結部が形成され、それら連結部の上にはフラットベッドユニットが配置されている。また、画像形成装置に向って左側の側面には、下方に開くサイドカバーが設けられ、サイドカバーにはカートリッジ収納部が設けられている。トナーカートリッジは、サイドカバーを開いた状態にて、カートリッジ収納部に対して、斜め上下方向に挿入および抜脱が可能となっている。また、トナーカートリッジは、サイドカバーを閉じることにより、左側の連結部の内部に装着されるようになっている。
In the image forming apparatus described in Patent Document 4, an in-cylinder discharge portion is formed on the upper surface of the main body casing, and vertical wall-shaped connecting portions are formed on the left side, right side, and rear side of the in-cylinder discharge portion. The flat bed unit is disposed on the connecting portions. Further, a side cover that opens downward is provided on the left side surface facing the image forming apparatus, and a cartridge housing portion is provided on the side cover. The toner cartridge can be inserted into and removed from the cartridge housing portion in an obliquely vertical direction with the side cover opened. The toner cartridge is mounted inside the left connecting portion by closing the side cover.
また、上記のように、トナーカートリッジ等の消耗品容器は、収容しているトナー等の消耗品がなくなると、画像形成装置から取り外され、新しいものが画像形成装置に装着される。
Also, as described above, the consumable container such as the toner cartridge is removed from the image forming apparatus when the stored consumables such as toner are exhausted, and a new one is attached to the image forming apparatus.
また、消耗品容器には、通常、消耗品容器の固有の情報を記憶する記憶装置が取り付けられており、消耗品容器が画像形成装置に装着された場合、画像形成装置は消耗品容器の記憶装置と通信する。これにより、画像形成装置は、消耗品容器の記憶装置から情報を取得し、同類の消耗品容器の誤装着の防止等を行っている。
The consumable container is usually provided with a storage device that stores information specific to the consumable container. When the consumable container is attached to the image forming apparatus, the image forming apparatus stores the consumable container. Communicate with the device. As a result, the image forming apparatus acquires information from the storage device of the consumable container and prevents erroneous mounting of the same consumable container.
このように、消耗品容器を画像形成装置に装着するための構成としては、特許文献7および特許文献8に記載されたものが知られている。
As described above, configurations described in Patent Document 7 and Patent Document 8 are known as configurations for mounting the consumable container in the image forming apparatus.
特許文献7に記載されている構成では、インクジェット式記録装置のカートリッジ装着部にインクカートリッジが着脱自在に装着される。このインクカートリッジの前面には2個の位置決め孔が形成され、カートリッジ装着部には、前記位置決め孔に対応して2本の位置決めピンが設けられている。したがって、インクカートリッジをカートリッジ装着部に装着する場合において、インクカートリッジをカートリッジ装着部に向って直線的に移動させると、インクカートリッジの位置決め孔にカートリッジ装着部の位置決めピンが挿入され、インクカートリッジが位置決めされる。
In the configuration described in Patent Document 7, an ink cartridge is detachably mounted on a cartridge mounting portion of an ink jet recording apparatus. Two positioning holes are formed in the front surface of the ink cartridge, and two positioning pins are provided in the cartridge mounting portion corresponding to the positioning holes. Therefore, when the ink cartridge is mounted in the cartridge mounting portion, if the ink cartridge is linearly moved toward the cartridge mounting portion, the positioning pin of the cartridge mounting portion is inserted into the positioning hole of the ink cartridge, and the ink cartridge is positioned. Is done.
また、インクカートリッジにはメモリチップを搭載したメモリ基板が設けられ、インクカートリッジがカートリッジ装着部に装着された場合に、メモリ基板の電気接点がカートリッジ装着部の接続端子に接触し、メモリ基板すなわちメモリチップがインクジェット式記録装置の制御回路と電気的に接続される。
Further, the ink cartridge is provided with a memory substrate on which a memory chip is mounted. When the ink cartridge is mounted on the cartridge mounting portion, the electrical contact of the memory substrate contacts the connection terminal of the cartridge mounting portion, and the memory substrate, that is, the memory The chip is electrically connected to the control circuit of the ink jet recording apparatus.
また、特許文献8に記載されている構成では、カラーレーザープリンターにプロセスカートリッジであるドラムカートリッジが着脱自在に装着される。ドラムカートリッジには、ドラム軸および位置決めピンが設けられ、ドラムカートリッジを装置本体方向に直線的移動させることにより、ドラムカートリッジが装置本体に装着される。この場合、ドラム軸および位置決めピンが装置本体のカップリング部材および位置決め穴とそれぞれ嵌合し、装置本体に対してドラムカートリッジが位置決めされる。
In the configuration described in Patent Document 8, a drum cartridge, which is a process cartridge, is detachably attached to the color laser printer. The drum cartridge is provided with a drum shaft and a positioning pin, and the drum cartridge is attached to the apparatus main body by linearly moving the drum cartridge toward the apparatus main body. In this case, the drum shaft and the positioning pin are fitted into the coupling member and the positioning hole of the apparatus main body, respectively, and the drum cartridge is positioned with respect to the apparatus main body.
また、ドラムカートリッジの前面にはメモリチップが設けられ、このメモリチップは凹形状のカートリッジ側コネクタの凹底部に取り付けられている。一方、装置本体側には凸形状の本体側コネクタが設けられている。したがって、ドラムカートリッジが装置本体に装着されると、上記の両コネクタが凹凸嵌合し、メモリチップが装置本体と電気的に接続される。
Also, a memory chip is provided on the front surface of the drum cartridge, and this memory chip is attached to the concave bottom of the concave cartridge side connector. On the other hand, a convex body-side connector is provided on the apparatus body side. Therefore, when the drum cartridge is attached to the apparatus main body, the above-described connectors are concavo-convexly fitted, and the memory chip is electrically connected to the apparatus main body.
特許文献3および4に記載されている構成では、画像形成装置の側方に、側面の扉を開放できる比較的小さいスペースを確保できれば、トナーカートリッジの交換作業については、作業者が画像形成装置の前面位置において前後方向に移動する必要がなく、小さい作業スペースにて行うことができる。したがって、特許文献3および4に記載されている構成は、トナーカートリッジの交換を小さい作業スペースにて行える点において、良好なものとなる。
In the configurations described in Patent Documents 3 and 4, if a relatively small space can be secured on the side of the image forming apparatus so that the side doors can be opened, the operator can replace the toner cartridge in the image forming apparatus. It is not necessary to move in the front-rear direction at the front position, and it can be performed in a small work space. Therefore, the configurations described in Patent Documents 3 and 4 are favorable in that the toner cartridge can be replaced in a small work space.
しかしながら、画像形成装置においては、前述のように、トナーカートリッジだけでなく、少なくともプロセスユニットの交換も必要である。この場合、トナーカートリッジ交換用とプロセスユニット交換用とのそれぞれの開閉扉を設けた場合には、各交換作業において、それぞれの開閉扉を開いて作業を行うことになり、作業が煩雑となる。また、画像形成装置においてその他の開閉扉と合わせて多数の開閉扉が必要となり、構造が複雑になる。この問題は、スモールオフィスやホームオフィスにて使用される小型の画像形成装置では、特に顕著となる。
However, in the image forming apparatus, as described above, not only the toner cartridge but also at least the process unit needs to be replaced. In this case, when the respective opening / closing doors for toner cartridge replacement and process unit replacement are provided, the opening / closing doors are opened in each replacement work, and the work becomes complicated. In addition, in the image forming apparatus, a large number of doors are required together with other doors, and the structure becomes complicated. This problem is particularly noticeable in a small image forming apparatus used in a small office or home office.
したがって、本発明は、トナーカートリッジおよびプロセスユニットの交換作業を容易に行うことができ、かつ必要な開閉扉の数を抑制して構造を簡素化することができる画像形成装置の提供を第1の目的としている。
Therefore, the present invention provides a first image forming apparatus that can easily replace the toner cartridge and the process unit, and that can simplify the structure by suppressing the number of necessary doors. It is aimed.
また、特許文献5に記載されている構成において、画像形成装置の上に自動原稿搬送装置を配置した場合には、カートリッジ装着部の装着カバーを開放することができない。したがって、自動原稿搬送装置を配置する場合、自動原稿搬送装置は、装着カバーを開放可能な高い位置に配置する必要があり、装置が大型化する。また、この場合には、トナーカートリッジの交換も容易ではない。
In the configuration described in Patent Document 5, when the automatic document feeder is arranged on the image forming apparatus, the mounting cover of the cartridge mounting unit cannot be opened. Therefore, when the automatic document feeder is arranged, the automatic document feeder needs to be arranged at a high position where the mounting cover can be opened, and the apparatus becomes large. In this case, it is not easy to replace the toner cartridge.
一方、特許文献6に記載されている構成では、支持部材の内部にトナーカートリッジが配置され、トナーカートリッジの交換は支持部材のサイドカバーを開放して行われる。また、特許文献4に記載されている構成では、連結部の内部にトナーカートリッジが装着され、トナーカートリッジの交換は、サイドカバーを開放し、サイドカバーに設けられたカートリッジ収納部に対してトナーカートリッジを抜脱することにより行われる。
On the other hand, in the configuration described in Patent Document 6, the toner cartridge is disposed inside the support member, and the replacement of the toner cartridge is performed by opening the side cover of the support member. Further, in the configuration described in Patent Document 4, a toner cartridge is mounted inside the connecting portion. To replace the toner cartridge, the side cover is opened, and the toner cartridge is inserted into the cartridge storage portion provided in the side cover. This is done by pulling out.
したがって、特許文献6および4に記載されている構成では、支持部材あるいは連結部の内部をトナーカートリッジを配置する空間として有効に利用でき、かつ画像形成装置の上に自動原稿搬送装置を配置した場合にも問題を生じることなく、画像形成装置の小型化を促進できるようになっている。また、特許文献4に記載されている構成では、トナーカートリッジを縦長に形成しているので、トナーカートリッジの容量を増加し易くなっている。
Therefore, in the configurations described in Patent Documents 6 and 4, the inside of the support member or the connecting portion can be effectively used as a space for disposing the toner cartridge, and the automatic document feeder is disposed on the image forming apparatus. In addition, downsizing of the image forming apparatus can be promoted without causing any problems. In the configuration described in Patent Document 4, since the toner cartridge is formed in a vertically long shape, it is easy to increase the capacity of the toner cartridge.
また、特許文献6および4に記載されている構成では、画像形成装置の左面側に、サイドカバーを開放できる比較的小さいスペースを確保できれば、トナーカートリッジの交換作業については、作業者が画像形成装置の前面位置において前後方向に移動する必要がなく、小さい作業スペースにて行うことができる。したがって、特許文献6および4に記載されている構成は、トナーカートリッジの交換を小さい作業スペースにて行える点において、良好なものとなる。
In addition, in the configurations described in Patent Documents 6 and 4, if a relatively small space that can open the side cover can be secured on the left side of the image forming apparatus, the operator can replace the toner cartridge with the image forming apparatus. It is not necessary to move in the front-rear direction at the front surface position of, and can be performed in a small work space. Therefore, the configurations described in Patent Documents 6 and 4 are favorable in that the toner cartridge can be replaced in a small work space.
しかしながら、画像形成装置においては、前述のように、トナーカートリッジだけでなく、廃トナーボックスの交換も必要である。この場合、トナーカートリッジ交換用と廃トナーボックス交換用とのそれぞれの開閉扉を設けた場合には、各交換作業において、それぞれの開閉扉を開いて作業を行うことになり、作業が煩雑となる。また、画像形成装置においてその他の開閉扉と合わせて多数の開閉扉が必要となり、構造が複雑になる。この問題は、スモールオフィスやホームオフィスにて使用される小型の画像形成装置では、特に顕著となる。
However, in the image forming apparatus, as described above, it is necessary to replace not only the toner cartridge but also the waste toner box. In this case, when the respective opening / closing doors for toner cartridge replacement and waste toner box replacement are provided, the opening / closing doors are opened in each replacement work, and the work becomes complicated. . In addition, in the image forming apparatus, a large number of doors are required together with other doors, and the structure becomes complicated. This problem is particularly noticeable in a small image forming apparatus used in a small office or home office.
したがって、本発明は、トナーカートリッジの容量を確保した場合であっても、装置の大型化を抑制することができ、さらにトナーカートリッジおよび廃トナーボックスの交換作業を容易に行うことができ、かつ必要な開閉扉の数を抑制して構造を簡素化することができる画像形成装置の提供を第2の目的としている。
Therefore, the present invention can suppress an increase in the size of the apparatus even when the capacity of the toner cartridge is secured, and can easily replace the toner cartridge and the waste toner box. A second object is to provide an image forming apparatus capable of simplifying the structure by suppressing the number of openable doors.
また、特許文献7に記載の構成では、インクカートリッジの装着状態において、インクカートリッジの位置決め孔にカートリッジ装着部の位置決めピンが挿入されるので、インクジェット式記録装置に対するインクカートリッジの位置決め精度は向上する。
In the configuration described in Patent Document 7, since the positioning pin of the cartridge mounting portion is inserted into the positioning hole of the ink cartridge in the mounting state of the ink cartridge, the positioning accuracy of the ink cartridge with respect to the ink jet recording apparatus is improved.
しかしながら、インクカートリッジの交換頻度が増えていった場合に、ユーザによるインクカートリッジの着脱操作によっては、インクカートリッジの前面と位置決めピンとが衝突して位置決めピンが倒れて行くなど、位置決めピンが徐々に変形する事態が生じる。この場合には、インクカートリッジの位置決め精度が低下し、これに伴ってメモリ基板の電気接点とカートリッジ装着部の接続端子との接続不良が生じ、メモリチップと制御回路との安定した接続状態(通信状態)が得難くなる虞がある。
However, when the replacement frequency of the ink cartridge increases, the positioning pin gradually deforms, for example, when the user detaches the ink cartridge, the front surface of the ink cartridge collides with the positioning pin and the positioning pin falls down. Will happen. In this case, the positioning accuracy of the ink cartridge is lowered, and accordingly, the connection failure between the electrical contact of the memory board and the connection terminal of the cartridge mounting portion occurs, and the stable connection state between the memory chip and the control circuit (communication) State) may be difficult to obtain.
このような問題は、特許文献8に記載の構成においても同様であり、装置本体とドラムカートリッジとの衝突により、ドラム軸や位置決めピンが変形し、ドラムカートリッジの位置決め精度が低下する。この結果、メモリチップと装置本体との安定した接続状態(通信状態)が得難くなる虞がある。
This problem is the same in the configuration described in Patent Document 8, and the drum shaft and positioning pins are deformed due to the collision between the apparatus main body and the drum cartridge, and the positioning accuracy of the drum cartridge is lowered. As a result, it may be difficult to obtain a stable connection state (communication state) between the memory chip and the apparatus main body.
したがって、本発明は、消耗品容器の交換を頻繁に行った場合であっても、画像形成装置に対する消耗品容器の位置決め精度が長期に亘って安定し、消耗品容器が備える記憶装置と画像形成装置との安定した通信状態を維持することができる画像形成装置の提供を第3の目的としている。
Therefore, according to the present invention, even when the consumable container is frequently replaced, the positioning accuracy of the consumable container with respect to the image forming apparatus is stable over a long period of time. A third object is to provide an image forming apparatus capable of maintaining a stable communication state with the apparatus.
上記の課題を解決するために、本発明の画像形成装置は、画像形成装置の左または右のいずれか一方の側面の側に着脱可能に装着されるトナーカートリッジと、現像装置と感光体とを有し、前記一方の側面の側から画像形成装置に対して着脱されるプロセスユニットと、画像形成装置の筐体における前記一方の側面に開閉可能に形成され、開放角度が複数段階に設定され、前記トナーカートリッジを着脱可能な鋭角の開放角度の小開放位置、および前記プロセスユニットを着脱可能であり、前記小開放位置よりも大きい開放角度の大開放位置に開放可能な側面開閉扉を備えていることを特徴としている。
In order to solve the above problems, an image forming apparatus according to the present invention includes a toner cartridge that is detachably mounted on either the left or right side of the image forming apparatus, a developing device, and a photosensitive member. A process unit that is attached to and detached from the image forming apparatus from the one side surface, and is formed to be openable and closable on the one side surface of the housing of the image forming apparatus. A side opening / closing door is provided that can be opened and closed at a small opening position with an acute opening angle at which the toner cartridge can be attached and detached, and at a large opening position with an opening angle larger than the small opening position. It is characterized by that.
また、本発明の画像形成装置は、画像形成装置の上面に形成され、画像形成装置の背面側から排出された用紙を受ける排紙トレイと、前記排紙トレイの左または右の少なくとも一方の位置に、前記排紙トレイに沿って形成され、上面の高さが前記排紙トレイの上面の高さよりも高くなっている縦壁部と、画像形成装置の左または右のいずれか一方の側面の側に着脱可能に装着され、装着完了位置において、少なくとも上部が前記縦壁部の内部に配置されるトナーカートリッジと、前記トナーカートリッジの下方位置に着脱可能に装着され、回収された廃棄用トナーを収容する廃トナーボックスと、画像形成装置の筐体の前記一方の側面における前記縦壁部の側面を含む領域に開閉可能に形成され、開状態において、前記トナーカートリッジおよび前記廃トナーボックスの着脱を可能にする側面開閉扉とを備えていることを特徴としている。
The image forming apparatus of the present invention has a paper discharge tray that is formed on the upper surface of the image forming apparatus and receives paper discharged from the back side of the image forming apparatus, and at least one position on the left or right of the paper discharge tray. And a vertical wall portion formed along the paper discharge tray and having a top surface height higher than a height of the top surface of the paper discharge tray, and a left or right side surface of the image forming apparatus. A toner cartridge that is detachably mounted on the side, and at a mounting completion position, at least an upper portion is disposed inside the vertical wall portion; and a waste toner that is detachably mounted and recovered at a position below the toner cartridge. A waste toner box to be accommodated and formed to be openable and closable in an area including a side surface of the vertical wall portion on the one side surface of the housing of the image forming apparatus. It is characterized in that a side door that allows attachment and detachment of the pre said waste toner box.
また、本発明の画像形成装置は、消耗品容器と、前記消耗品容器に設けられた記憶装置と、前記消耗品容器が装着される消耗品容器装着部と、前記消耗品容器が前記消耗品容器装着部に対する装着完了位置に配置された状態において、前記記憶装置に対する電気的な接続状態が生じる接続装置と、前記消耗品容器の下部に設けられた第1部材と、前記消耗品容器装着部の前記下部に対応する位置に設けれ、前記第1部材と嵌合し、かつ前記下部を中心として、前記消耗品容器を前記装着完了位置およびその逆方向へ回転可能に保持する第2部材とを備えていることを特徴としている。
The image forming apparatus according to the present invention includes a consumable container, a storage device provided in the consumable container, a consumable container mounting portion to which the consumable container is mounted, and the consumable container being the consumable. A connection device in which an electrical connection state with respect to the storage device occurs in a state of being placed at a mounting completion position with respect to the container mounting portion; a first member provided at a lower portion of the consumable container; and the consumable container mounting portion A second member which is provided at a position corresponding to the lower part of the first member and which fits with the first member and holds the consumable container rotatably around the lower part in the mounting completion position and the opposite direction. It is characterized by having.
本発明の構成によれば、トナーカートリッジおよびプロセスユニットの交換作業を容易に行うことができ、かつ必要な開閉扉の数を抑制して構造を簡素化することができる。
According to the configuration of the present invention, it is possible to easily replace the toner cartridge and the process unit, and it is possible to simplify the structure by suppressing the number of necessary opening / closing doors.
また、本発明の構成によれば、トナーカートリッジは、縦壁部の内部の空間を利用して配置することができ、かつ例えば縦長形状として容量を大きくできる。これにより、トナーカートリッジを縦長形状として容量を大きくした場合であっても、画像形成装置の大型化を抑制することができ、かつトナーカートリッジの交換頻度を低減することができる。
Further, according to the configuration of the present invention, the toner cartridge can be arranged using the space inside the vertical wall portion, and the capacity can be increased, for example, as a vertically long shape. As a result, even when the toner cartridge is vertically long and has a large capacity, the image forming apparatus can be prevented from being enlarged, and the replacement frequency of the toner cartridge can be reduced.
また、トナーカートリッジおよび廃トナーボックスの交換作業は、同一の側面開閉扉を開放して行うことができるので、これら作業を容易に行うことができる。その上、画像形成装置に必要な開閉扉の数を少なくすることができるので、画像形成装置の構造を簡素化することができる。
Also, the replacement operation of the toner cartridge and the waste toner box can be performed by opening the same side opening / closing door, so that these operations can be easily performed. In addition, since the number of doors required for the image forming apparatus can be reduced, the structure of the image forming apparatus can be simplified.
また、本発明の構成によれば、消耗品容器の交換を頻繁に行った場合であっても、画像形成装置に対する消耗品容器の位置決め精度が長期に亘って安定し、消耗品容器が備える記憶装置と画像形成装置との安定した通信状態を維持することができる。
According to the configuration of the present invention, even when the consumable container is frequently replaced, the positioning accuracy of the consumable container with respect to the image forming apparatus is stable over a long period of time, and the memory provided in the consumable container. A stable communication state between the apparatus and the image forming apparatus can be maintained.
〔実施の形態1〕
(画像形成装置の全体構成)
本発明の実施の形態を図1~図21に基づいて以下に説明する。なお、以下の説明では、画像形成装置に向って右側の面を画像形成装置の右面、画像形成装置に向って左側の面を画像形成装置の左面と称する。 [Embodiment 1]
(Overall configuration of image forming apparatus)
An embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to FIGS. In the following description, the right side facing the image forming apparatus is called the right side of the image forming apparatus, and the left side facing the image forming apparatus is called the left side of the image forming apparatus.
(画像形成装置の全体構成)
本発明の実施の形態を図1~図21に基づいて以下に説明する。なお、以下の説明では、画像形成装置に向って右側の面を画像形成装置の右面、画像形成装置に向って左側の面を画像形成装置の左面と称する。 [Embodiment 1]
(Overall configuration of image forming apparatus)
An embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to FIGS. In the following description, the right side facing the image forming apparatus is called the right side of the image forming apparatus, and the left side facing the image forming apparatus is called the left side of the image forming apparatus.
本発明の実施の形態における画像形成装置は、画像形成本体装置の上に自動原稿搬送装置を備えたものとなっている。図1は画像形成本体装置2を右面側から見た場合における、画像形成本体装置2の内部構造を示す縦断面図である。図1においては、左側が画像形成本体装置2の前面側、右側が背面側となっている。
An image forming apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention includes an automatic document feeder on an image forming main body apparatus. FIG. 1 is a longitudinal sectional view showing the internal structure of the image forming main body device 2 when the image forming main body device 2 is viewed from the right side. In FIG. 1, the left side is the front side of the image forming main body apparatus 2, and the right side is the back side.
本実施の形態において、画像形成本体装置2はフルカラープリンターである。したがって、画像形成本体装置2は、外部から伝達される画像データに応じて用紙(シート状の記録媒体)にカラー画像を印刷する。ここでは、画像形成本体装置2は、プリンターの場合を例示しているが、コピー機、ファクシミリ装置またはこれらの機能を備えた複合機であってもよい。この場合、画像形成本体装置2は、外部から伝達される画像データおよび/またはスキャナによって原稿から読み取った画像データに応じて用紙に多色または単色の画像を印刷する。
In the present embodiment, the image forming main unit 2 is a full-color printer. Therefore, the image forming main body device 2 prints a color image on a sheet (sheet-like recording medium) according to image data transmitted from the outside. Here, the image forming main unit 2 is exemplified as a printer, but it may be a copier, a facsimile machine, or a multifunction machine having these functions. In this case, the image forming main body device 2 prints a multicolor or single color image on a sheet according to image data transmitted from the outside and / or image data read from a document by a scanner.
図1に示すように、画像形成本体装置2は、上下方向の中央部に、プロセスユニット11が設けられている。このプロセスユニット11の下方位置には、上から順次、レーザ光学系ユニット12および給紙カセット13が設けられている。また、プロセスユニット11に対する背面側位置には転写部14が設けられ、転写部14の上方位置には定着部15が設けられている。プロセスユニット11の上方における画像形成本体装置2の筐体上面は、排紙トレイ16となっている。
As shown in FIG. 1, the image forming main body apparatus 2 is provided with a process unit 11 at the center in the vertical direction. A laser optical system unit 12 and a paper feed cassette 13 are provided below the process unit 11 sequentially from the top. Further, a transfer unit 14 is provided at a position on the back side with respect to the process unit 11, and a fixing unit 15 is provided above the transfer unit 14. An upper surface of the housing of the image forming main body 2 above the process unit 11 is a paper discharge tray 16.
給紙カセット13から排紙トレイ16に至る経路には、用紙搬送路17が形成され、この用紙搬送路17には、給紙カセット13側から排紙トレイ16に向って、給紙ローラ18、タイミングローラ19、上記転写部14、上記定着部15および排紙ローラ20が設けられている。
A paper transport path 17 is formed in the path from the paper feed cassette 13 to the paper discharge tray 16, and the paper transport path 17 has a paper feed roller 18, A timing roller 19, the transfer unit 14, the fixing unit 15, and a paper discharge roller 20 are provided.
プロセスユニット11は、第1~第4画像形成部31~34、中間転写ベルトユニット35および転写ベルトクリーニング装置36を備えている。
The process unit 11 includes first to fourth image forming units 31 to 34, an intermediate transfer belt unit 35, and a transfer belt cleaning device 36.
第1~第4画像形成部31~34は、それぞれ、イエロー用、マゼンタ用、シアン用、ブラック用となっている。
The first to fourth image forming units 31 to 34 are for yellow, magenta, cyan, and black, respectively.
第1画像形成部31は、感光体ドラム41a、帯電器42a、現像装置43a、中間転写ローラ44aおよび感光体クリーナユニット45aを備えている。
The first image forming unit 31 includes a photoreceptor drum 41a, a charger 42a, a developing device 43a, an intermediate transfer roller 44a, and a photoreceptor cleaner unit 45a.
帯電器42aは、各感光体ドラム41aの表面を所定電位に帯電させる。現像装置43aは、感光体ドラム41aがレーザ光学系ユニット12からのレーザ光により露光されて、感光体ドラム41aの表面に形成された静電潜像をトナーによって現像する。中間転写ローラ44aは、中間転写ベルト51の裏面に配置され、現像により感光体ドラム41aの表面に形成されたトナー像を中間転写ベルトユニット35の中間転写ベルト61の表面に転写する。感光体クリーニング装置45aは、現像および画像転写後に感光体ドラム41aの表面の残留トナーや紙粉を除去して回収する。
The charger 42a charges the surface of each photosensitive drum 41a to a predetermined potential. The developing device 43a develops the electrostatic latent image formed on the surface of the photosensitive drum 41a with toner by exposing the photosensitive drum 41a to the laser light from the laser optical system unit 12. The intermediate transfer roller 44 a is disposed on the back surface of the intermediate transfer belt 51, and transfers the toner image formed on the surface of the photosensitive drum 41 a by development onto the surface of the intermediate transfer belt 61 of the intermediate transfer belt unit 35. The photoconductor cleaning device 45a removes and collects residual toner and paper dust on the surface of the photoconductor drum 41a after development and image transfer.
同様に、第2画像形成部32は、感光体ドラム41b、帯電器42b、現像装置43b、中間転写ローラ44bおよび感光体クリーニング装置45aを備えている。第3画像形成部33は、感光体ドラム41c、帯電器42c、現像装置43c、中間転写ローラ44cおよび感光体クリーニング装置45cを備えている。第4画像形成部34は、感光体ドラム41d、帯電器42d、現像装置43d、中間転写ローラ44dおよび感光体クリーニング装置45dを備えている。
Similarly, the second image forming unit 32 includes a photoreceptor drum 41b, a charger 42b, a developing device 43b, an intermediate transfer roller 44b, and a photoreceptor cleaning device 45a. The third image forming unit 33 includes a photoreceptor drum 41c, a charger 42c, a developing device 43c, an intermediate transfer roller 44c, and a photoreceptor cleaning device 45c. The fourth image forming unit 34 includes a photoreceptor drum 41d, a charger 42d, a developing device 43d, an intermediate transfer roller 44d, and a photoreceptor cleaning device 45d.
中間転写ベルトユニット35は、中間転写ベルト51、並びに中間転写ベルト51を支持する駆動ローラ52、従動ローラ53およびテンションローラ54,55を備えている。
The intermediate transfer belt unit 35 includes an intermediate transfer belt 51, a driving roller 52 that supports the intermediate transfer belt 51, a driven roller 53, and tension rollers 54 and 55.
転写ベルトクリーニング装置36は、中間転写ベルト51の表面の残留トナーや紙粉を除去する。
The transfer belt cleaning device 36 removes residual toner and paper dust from the surface of the intermediate transfer belt 51.
レーザ光学系ユニット12は、各感光体ドラム41a~41dに対応したレーザ光源12a~12dを備え、それらレーザ光源12a~12dから感光体ドラム41a~41dにレーザ光を照射し、画像形成本体装置2において印刷する画像に応じた静電潜像を感光体ドラム41a~41dの表面に形成する。
The laser optical system unit 12 includes laser light sources 12a to 12d corresponding to the respective photosensitive drums 41a to 41d, and irradiates the photosensitive drums 41a to 41d with laser light from the laser light sources 12a to 12d, and the image forming main body 2 The electrostatic latent images corresponding to the image to be printed are formed on the surfaces of the photosensitive drums 41a to 41d.
転写部14は、中間転写ベルト51を介して中間転写ベルトユニット35の駆動ローラ52に圧接される転写ローラ14aを備え、中間転写ベルト51の表面のトナー像を給紙カセット13から供給される用紙に転写する。
The transfer unit 14 includes a transfer roller 14 a that is pressed against the drive roller 52 of the intermediate transfer belt unit 35 via the intermediate transfer belt 51, and a sheet on which the toner image on the surface of the intermediate transfer belt 51 is supplied from the paper feed cassette 13. Transcript to.
定着部15は、定着ローラ15aと加圧ローラ15bとを備え、用紙上のトナー像を溶融させて用紙に定着させる。
The fixing unit 15 includes a fixing roller 15a and a pressure roller 15b, and melts and fixes the toner image on the paper to the paper.
(画像形成動作)
上記構成の画像形成本体装置2では、カラー画像を印刷する場合に、入力された画像データに応じて、レーザ光学系ユニット12から感光体ドラム41a~41dに対してレーザ光が照射され、感光体ドラム41a~41dに静電潜像が形成される。それら、静電潜像は、現像装置43a~43dから供給されるトナーによって現像され、感光体ドラム41a~41dの表面に、それぞれイエロー、マゼンタ、シアンおよびブラックのトナー像が形成される。 (Image forming operation)
In the image formingmain body 2 having the above-described configuration, when printing a color image, the laser optical system unit 12 irradiates the photosensitive drums 41a to 41d with laser light according to the input image data, and the photosensitive member. Electrostatic latent images are formed on the drums 41a to 41d. These electrostatic latent images are developed with toner supplied from the developing devices 43a to 43d, and yellow, magenta, cyan, and black toner images are formed on the surfaces of the photosensitive drums 41a to 41d, respectively.
上記構成の画像形成本体装置2では、カラー画像を印刷する場合に、入力された画像データに応じて、レーザ光学系ユニット12から感光体ドラム41a~41dに対してレーザ光が照射され、感光体ドラム41a~41dに静電潜像が形成される。それら、静電潜像は、現像装置43a~43dから供給されるトナーによって現像され、感光体ドラム41a~41dの表面に、それぞれイエロー、マゼンタ、シアンおよびブラックのトナー像が形成される。 (Image forming operation)
In the image forming
これらトナー像は、中間転写ベルトユニット35の中間転写ベルト51上の同一位置に、順次重なり合うように転写され、さらに転写部14において用紙上に転写される。
These toner images are transferred to the same position on the intermediate transfer belt 51 of the intermediate transfer belt unit 35 so as to overlap one another, and further transferred onto the paper in the transfer unit 14.
上記用紙は、給紙カセット13から給紙ローラ18により用紙搬送路17に送り出され、タイミングローラ19により中間転写ベルト51上のトナー像と合致するタイミングにて転写部14に供給される。
The sheet is fed from the sheet feeding cassette 13 to the sheet conveying path 17 by the sheet feeding roller 18 and is supplied to the transfer unit 14 by the timing roller 19 at a timing coincident with the toner image on the intermediate transfer belt 51.
転写部14においてトナー像が転写された用紙は定着部15に搬送され、定着部15においてトナー像が用紙に定着される。その後、用紙は、排紙ローラ20によって排紙トレイ16上に排出される。
The sheet on which the toner image is transferred in the transfer unit 14 is conveyed to the fixing unit 15, and the toner image is fixed on the sheet in the fixing unit 15. Thereafter, the paper is discharged onto the paper discharge tray 16 by the paper discharge roller 20.
なお、画像形成装置1では、定着部15が背面側に位置しているので、定着部15にて発生した熱(熱風)が画像形成装置1の前面側に位置する使用者に伝わって使用者が不快感を受けるといったことがない。
In the image forming apparatus 1, since the fixing unit 15 is located on the back side, the heat (hot air) generated in the fixing unit 15 is transmitted to the user located on the front side of the image forming apparatus 1. Will never feel uncomfortable.
(プロセスユニット)
ここで、プロセスユニット11は、例えば所定枚数の印刷を経ると新しいものと交換される。この場合、プロセスユニット11は、画像形成本体装置2に対して、画像形成本体装置2の右面側(図1における紙面手前側)に抜脱し、かつ挿入できるようになっている。図2は、画像形成本体装置2から抜脱した状態のプロセスユニット11を示す斜視図である。 (Process unit)
Here, theprocess unit 11 is replaced with a new one after, for example, printing a predetermined number of sheets. In this case, the process unit 11 can be removed from and inserted into the right side (the front side in FIG. 1) of the image forming main unit 2 with respect to the image forming main unit 2. FIG. 2 is a perspective view showing the process unit 11 in a state of being removed from the image forming main body device 2.
ここで、プロセスユニット11は、例えば所定枚数の印刷を経ると新しいものと交換される。この場合、プロセスユニット11は、画像形成本体装置2に対して、画像形成本体装置2の右面側(図1における紙面手前側)に抜脱し、かつ挿入できるようになっている。図2は、画像形成本体装置2から抜脱した状態のプロセスユニット11を示す斜視図である。 (Process unit)
Here, the
図2に示すように、プロセスユニット11では、転写ベルトクリーニング装置36とつながっている廃トナー搬送パイプ36a、および感光体クリーニング装置45a~45dとつながっている廃トナー搬送パイプ45a1~45d1が画像形成本体装置2における右面側へ突出している。
As shown in FIG. 2, in the process unit 11, the waste toner transport pipe 36a connected to the transfer belt cleaning device 36 and the waste toner transport pipes 45a1 to 45d1 connected to the photoconductor cleaning devices 45a to 45d are provided in the image forming body. Projecting to the right side of the device 2.
次に、画像形成装置1における自動原稿搬送装置、カートリッジ装着部、トナーカートリッジおよび廃トナーボックスの配置状態について説明する。図3は、自動原稿搬送装置3を備え、かつ筐体を取り外した状態における画像形成装置1の斜視図である。
(自動原稿搬送装置)
図3に示すように、自動原稿搬送装置3は、画像形成本体装置2の上に設けられている。自動原稿搬送装置3は、原稿セットトレイ61および排紙トレイ62を備え、原稿セットトレイ61に配置された原稿を原稿読取部(図示せず)に搬送した後、排紙トレイ62上に排出する。原稿読取部は、自動原稿搬送装置3の内部および画像形成本体装置2の上部に設けられている。 Next, the arrangement state of the automatic document feeder, cartridge mounting unit, toner cartridge, and waste toner box in theimage forming apparatus 1 will be described. FIG. 3 is a perspective view of the image forming apparatus 1 with the automatic document feeder 3 and the housing removed.
(Automatic document feeder)
As shown in FIG. 3, theautomatic document feeder 3 is provided on the image forming main body device 2. The automatic document feeder 3 includes a document set tray 61 and a paper discharge tray 62. The document placed on the document set tray 61 is transported to a document reading unit (not shown) and then discharged onto the paper discharge tray 62. . The document reading unit is provided inside the automatic document feeder 3 and above the image forming main body device 2.
(自動原稿搬送装置)
図3に示すように、自動原稿搬送装置3は、画像形成本体装置2の上に設けられている。自動原稿搬送装置3は、原稿セットトレイ61および排紙トレイ62を備え、原稿セットトレイ61に配置された原稿を原稿読取部(図示せず)に搬送した後、排紙トレイ62上に排出する。原稿読取部は、自動原稿搬送装置3の内部および画像形成本体装置2の上部に設けられている。 Next, the arrangement state of the automatic document feeder, cartridge mounting unit, toner cartridge, and waste toner box in the
(Automatic document feeder)
As shown in FIG. 3, the
本実施の形態において、自動原稿搬送装置3は、原稿画像の読み取りの際に、原稿セットトレイ61上に配置された原稿を、画像形成本体装置2の左面方向に搬送(給紙)するようになっている。具体的には、原稿は、原稿セットトレイ61から画像形成本体装置2の左面方向に搬送され、原稿読取部にて読み取られた後、画像形成本体装置2の右面方向に搬送されて、排紙トレイ62上に排出される。
In the present embodiment, the automatic document feeder 3 conveys (feeds) a document placed on the document set tray 61 in the direction of the left surface of the image forming main body 2 when reading a document image. It has become. Specifically, the original is conveyed from the original set tray 61 toward the left side of the image forming main body apparatus 2, read by the original reading unit, then conveyed toward the right side of the image forming main body apparatus 2, and discharged. It is discharged onto the tray 62.
給紙カセット13は、取手13aを引くことにより画像形成装置1(画像形成本体装置2)の前面側へ引き出し可能となっている。また、画像形成装置1は、前面側の位置の上部に操作パネル21を備えている。
(カートリッジ装着部およびトナーカートリッジ)
図3に示すように、プロセスユニット11に対する画像形成本体装置2の右面側位置の上部には、4個のカートリッジ装着部65~68が設けられ、下部には廃トナーボックス69が設けられている。カートリッジ装着部65~68は、上下方向に縦長の形状を有し、同じ高さ位置において画像形成装置1の前後方向に並んでいる。カートリッジ装着部65~68は、隣り合うもの同士がつながって一体となった構造であり、それぞれ現像装置43a~43dに対応して設けられている。 Thepaper feed cassette 13 can be pulled out to the front side of the image forming apparatus 1 (image forming main body apparatus 2) by pulling the handle 13a. In addition, the image forming apparatus 1 includes an operation panel 21 at the upper part of the position on the front side.
(Cartridge mounting part and toner cartridge)
As shown in FIG. 3, fourcartridge mounting portions 65 to 68 are provided in the upper portion of the right side position of the image forming main body 2 with respect to the process unit 11, and a waste toner box 69 is provided in the lower portion. . The cartridge mounting portions 65 to 68 have a vertically long shape in the vertical direction, and are arranged in the front-rear direction of the image forming apparatus 1 at the same height position. The cartridge mounting portions 65 to 68 have a structure in which adjacent ones are connected and integrated, and are provided corresponding to the developing devices 43a to 43d, respectively.
(カートリッジ装着部およびトナーカートリッジ)
図3に示すように、プロセスユニット11に対する画像形成本体装置2の右面側位置の上部には、4個のカートリッジ装着部65~68が設けられ、下部には廃トナーボックス69が設けられている。カートリッジ装着部65~68は、上下方向に縦長の形状を有し、同じ高さ位置において画像形成装置1の前後方向に並んでいる。カートリッジ装着部65~68は、隣り合うもの同士がつながって一体となった構造であり、それぞれ現像装置43a~43dに対応して設けられている。 The
(Cartridge mounting part and toner cartridge)
As shown in FIG. 3, four
カートリッジ装着部65~68には、図4および図5に示すように、それぞれトナーカートリッジ71~74が装着される。図4は、図3に示したカートリッジ装着部65~68にトナーカートリッジ71~74を装着した状態を示す画像形成装置1の斜視図である。図5は、図3に示したカートリッジ装着部65~68にトナーカートリッジ71~74を装着した状態を示す画像形成本体装置2の右面側から見た正面図である。
As shown in FIGS. 4 and 5, toner cartridges 71 to 74 are mounted on the cartridge mounting portions 65 to 68, respectively. FIG. 4 is a perspective view of the image forming apparatus 1 showing a state in which the toner cartridges 71 to 74 are mounted on the cartridge mounting portions 65 to 68 shown in FIG. FIG. 5 is a front view as seen from the right side of the image forming main body 2 showing a state in which the toner cartridges 71 to 74 are mounted on the cartridge mounting portions 65 to 68 shown in FIG.
トナーカートリッジ71~74は、それぞれイエロー、マゼンタ、シアンおよびブラックのトナーを収容している。トナーカートリッジ71~74は、カートリッジ装着部65~68に装着された状態において、それぞれ対応する現像装置43a~43dへのトナーの補給が可能になる。一群をなすトナーカートリッジ71~74は、画像形成本体装置2の右面側において、画像形成本体装置2の前後方向の中心位置に対して、前面寄りの位置に配置されている。
The toner cartridges 71 to 74 contain yellow, magenta, cyan and black toners, respectively. When the toner cartridges 71 to 74 are mounted in the cartridge mounting portions 65 to 68, the toner can be supplied to the corresponding developing devices 43a to 43d, respectively. The toner cartridges 71 to 74 forming a group are arranged on the right surface side of the image forming main body device 2 at a position closer to the front side with respect to the center position in the front-rear direction of the image forming main body device 2.
ここで、カートリッジ装着部65~68の上部は、画像形成本体装置2の左右の縦壁部81,82のうちの右側の縦壁部82の内部に配置されている。縦壁部81,82は、排紙トレイ16の左右位置に設けられ、用紙を排紙トレイ16上に保持するために、筐体の上面が排紙トレイ16の上面よりも高くなるように形成されている。これにより、筐体の縦壁部82を利用して、縦長のカートリッジ装着部65~68すなわち縦長のトナーカートリッジ71~74を効率よく配置でき、かつトナーカートリッジ71~74は所望の容量を確保し易くなっている。
Here, the upper portions of the cartridge mounting portions 65 to 68 are disposed inside the right vertical wall portion 82 of the left and right vertical wall portions 81 and 82 of the image forming main body apparatus 2. The vertical wall portions 81 and 82 are provided at the left and right positions of the paper discharge tray 16, and are formed so that the upper surface of the housing is higher than the upper surface of the paper discharge tray 16 in order to hold the paper on the paper discharge tray 16. Has been. Accordingly, the longitudinal cartridge mounting portions 65 to 68, that is, the longitudinal toner cartridges 71 to 74 can be efficiently arranged using the vertical wall portion 82 of the casing, and the toner cartridges 71 to 74 have a desired capacity. It is easy.
(廃トナーボックス)
廃トナーボックス69は、図6の(a)および図6の(b)に示すように、薄型の長方形の箱形状となっている。具体的には、図6の(a)の左右方向(画像形成本体装置2の前後方向)の寸法が上下方向の寸法よりも長く、かつ図6の(a)の前後方向(画像形成本体装置2の左右方向、廃トナーボックス69の厚み)の寸法が上下方向の寸法よりも短くなっている。図6の(a)は、廃トナーボックス69を画像形成本体装置2の右面側の正面から見た場合の正面図、図6の(b)は、上記廃トナーボックス69の背面図(図6の(a)の裏側)である。 (Waste toner box)
As shown in FIGS. 6A and 6B, thewaste toner box 69 has a thin rectangular box shape. Specifically, the dimension in the left-right direction (the front-rear direction of the image forming main body apparatus 2) in FIG. 6A is longer than the dimension in the upper-lower direction, and the front-rear direction in FIG. 2 in the left-right direction and the thickness of the waste toner box 69 is shorter than the vertical dimension. 6A is a front view of the waste toner box 69 when viewed from the front side on the right side of the image forming main body 2, and FIG. 6B is a rear view of the waste toner box 69 (FIG. 6). (The back side of (a)).
廃トナーボックス69は、図6の(a)および図6の(b)に示すように、薄型の長方形の箱形状となっている。具体的には、図6の(a)の左右方向(画像形成本体装置2の前後方向)の寸法が上下方向の寸法よりも長く、かつ図6の(a)の前後方向(画像形成本体装置2の左右方向、廃トナーボックス69の厚み)の寸法が上下方向の寸法よりも短くなっている。図6の(a)は、廃トナーボックス69を画像形成本体装置2の右面側の正面から見た場合の正面図、図6の(b)は、上記廃トナーボックス69の背面図(図6の(a)の裏側)である。 (Waste toner box)
As shown in FIGS. 6A and 6B, the
廃トナーボックス69の上部には、プロセスユニット11の各クリーニング装置にて回収された廃トナーや紙粉を取り込むための上方に延びる第1~第5の5個の延設部91~95が形成されている。第1~第5延設部91~95は廃トナーボックス69の内部空間とつながっている。第1延設部91の高さは、他の第2~第5延設部92~95の高さよりも高く、第2~第5延設部92~95の高さは同一である。第1~第5延設部91~95におけるプロセスユニット11と対向する面には、それぞれ円形孔状の廃トナー取込口91a~95aが形成されている。
Formed on the upper portion of the waste toner box 69 are first to fifth extending portions 91 to 95 extending upward for taking in the waste toner and paper dust collected by each cleaning device of the process unit 11. Has been. The first to fifth extending portions 91 to 95 are connected to the internal space of the waste toner box 69. The height of the first extending portion 91 is higher than the heights of the other second to fifth extending portions 92 to 95, and the heights of the second to fifth extending portions 92 to 95 are the same. On the surfaces of the first to fifth extending portions 91 to 95 facing the process unit 11, circular toner waste inlets 91 a to 95 a are formed, respectively.
廃トナーボックス69は、画像形成本体装置2に対して容易に着脱可能となっている。廃トナーボックス69は、画像形成本体装置2に装着した場合に、第1延設部91の廃トナー取込口91aが転写ベルトクリーニング装置36とつながり、第2~第5延設部92~95の廃トナー取込口92a~95aが感光体クリーニング装置45a~45dとつながるようになっている。
The waste toner box 69 can be easily attached to and detached from the image forming main body device 2. When the waste toner box 69 is attached to the image forming main body device 2, the waste toner intake port 91 a of the first extending portion 91 is connected to the transfer belt cleaning device 36, and the second to fifth extending portions 92 to 95 are connected. The waste toner intake ports 92a to 95a are connected to the photoconductor cleaning devices 45a to 45d.
各クリーニング装置36およびクリーニング装置45a~45dと廃トナーボックス69とを接続するために、図7に示すように、転写ベルトクリーニング装置36とつながっている廃トナー搬送パイプ36a、および感光体クリーニング装置45a~45dとつながっている廃トナー搬送パイプ45a1~45d1は、廃トナーボックス69の位置まで突出している。なお、図7は、図5に示した画像形成本体装置2において、トナーカートリッジ71~74および廃トナーボックス69を取り外した状態を示す右面側から見た正面図である。
In order to connect each cleaning device 36 and cleaning devices 45a to 45d to the waste toner box 69, as shown in FIG. 7, a waste toner conveying pipe 36a connected to the transfer belt cleaning device 36, and a photoconductor cleaning device 45a. Waste toner transport pipes 45a1 to 45d1 connected to 45d project to the position of the waste toner box 69. FIG. 7 is a front view of the image forming main body apparatus 2 shown in FIG. 5 as viewed from the right side showing the state where the toner cartridges 71 to 74 and the waste toner box 69 are removed.
したがって、画像形成本体装置2に廃トナーボックス69を装着した場合には、転写ベルトクリーニング装置36とつながっている廃トナー搬送パイプ36aは、第1延設部91の廃トナー取込口91aに挿入される。また、感光体クリーニング装置45a~45dとつながっている廃トナー搬送パイプ45a1~45d1は、第2~第5延設部92~95の廃トナー取込口92a~95aに挿入される。これにより、第1延設部91は、転写ベルトクリーニング装置36から廃トナーや紙粉を取り込む。また、第2~第5延設部92~95は、感光体クリーニング装置45a~45dから廃トナーや紙粉を取り込む。なお、各クリーニング装置36,45a~45dから第1~第5延設部91~95への廃トナーの搬送は、それらクリーニング装置36,45a~45dが備える例えば廃トナー搬送スクリューによって行われる。
Therefore, when the waste toner box 69 is attached to the image forming main body device 2, the waste toner transport pipe 36 a connected to the transfer belt cleaning device 36 is inserted into the waste toner intake port 91 a of the first extension portion 91. Is done. The waste toner transport pipes 45a1 to 45d1 connected to the photoconductor cleaning devices 45a to 45d are inserted into the waste toner intake ports 92a to 95a of the second to fifth extending portions 92 to 95, respectively. As a result, the first extending portion 91 takes in waste toner and paper dust from the transfer belt cleaning device 36. The second to fifth extending portions 92 to 95 take in waste toner and paper dust from the photoconductor cleaning devices 45a to 45d. The waste toner is transported from the cleaning devices 36, 45a to 45d to the first to fifth extending portions 91 to 95 by, for example, a waste toner transport screw provided in the cleaning devices 36, 45a to 45d.
(トナーカートリッジおよびカートリッジ装着部の詳細構造)
次に、トナーカートリッジ71~74およびカートリッジ装着部65~68の構造について説明する。以下では、トナーカートリッジ71およびカートリッジ装着部65を例に説明する。図8は、図5に示したトナーカートリッジ71を簡略化して示す側面図である。図9は、図8に示したトナーカートリッジ71の正面図、図10は、図3に示したカートリッジ装着部65を簡略化して示す正面図、図11は図10におけるA-A線矢視断面図である。 (Detailed structure of toner cartridge and cartridge mounting part)
Next, the structure of thetoner cartridges 71 to 74 and the cartridge mounting portions 65 to 68 will be described. Hereinafter, the toner cartridge 71 and the cartridge mounting portion 65 will be described as an example. FIG. 8 is a side view showing the toner cartridge 71 shown in FIG. 5 in a simplified manner. 9 is a front view of the toner cartridge 71 shown in FIG. 8, FIG. 10 is a front view schematically showing the cartridge mounting portion 65 shown in FIG. 3, and FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line AA in FIG. FIG.
次に、トナーカートリッジ71~74およびカートリッジ装着部65~68の構造について説明する。以下では、トナーカートリッジ71およびカートリッジ装着部65を例に説明する。図8は、図5に示したトナーカートリッジ71を簡略化して示す側面図である。図9は、図8に示したトナーカートリッジ71の正面図、図10は、図3に示したカートリッジ装着部65を簡略化して示す正面図、図11は図10におけるA-A線矢視断面図である。 (Detailed structure of toner cartridge and cartridge mounting part)
Next, the structure of the
図8および図9に示すように、トナーカートリッジ71は、上下方向に長い縦長形状に形成され、内部にトナーを収容するトナー収容部71aを備えている。トナー収容部71aの下端部には、トナー補給口71bが形成され、さらにこのトナー補給口71bを開閉するシャッタ71cが設けられている。トナー補給口71bが形成されている下端面は、円弧状に湾曲しており、これに対応して、シャッタ71cは円弧状に形成されている。シャッタ71cは、トナーカートリッジ71がカートリッジ装着部65に装着されていない通常状態において、ばね(図示せず)の作用により閉状態となっている。
8 and 9, the toner cartridge 71 is formed in a vertically long shape that is long in the vertical direction, and includes a toner storage portion 71a that stores the toner therein. A toner supply port 71b is formed at the lower end of the toner storage portion 71a, and a shutter 71c that opens and closes the toner supply port 71b is provided. The lower end surface where the toner supply port 71b is formed is curved in an arc shape, and the shutter 71c is formed in an arc shape correspondingly. The shutter 71c is closed by the action of a spring (not shown) in a normal state where the toner cartridge 71 is not mounted on the cartridge mounting portion 65.
トナー収容部71aの両側面には、トナー補給口71bの上、かつトナー補給口71bの位置に近いトナーカートリッジ71の下部の位置に、嵌合凸部71dが設けられている。すなわち、一方の嵌合凸部71dは、画像形成本体装置2の前面方向に突出し、他方の嵌合凸部71dは、画像形成本体装置2の背面方向に突出している。
On both side surfaces of the toner containing portion 71a, fitting convex portions 71d are provided on the toner supply port 71b and at positions below the toner cartridge 71 near the position of the toner supply port 71b. That is, one fitting convex portion 71 d projects in the front direction of the image forming main body device 2, and the other fitting convex portion 71 d projects in the rear direction of the image forming main body device 2.
嵌合凸部71dは、上下の面が円弧状の湾曲面71d1となり、上下の湾曲面71d1の間が両湾曲面71d1間の幅よりも狭い幅の直状部71d2となっている。
The upper and lower surfaces of the fitting convex portion 71d are arcuate curved surfaces 71d1, and the space between the upper and lower curved surfaces 71d1 is a straight portion 71d2 having a width narrower than the width between both curved surfaces 71d1.
カートリッジ装着部65は、図10および図11に示すように、画像形成本体装置2の右面に沿って垂直に配置されるカートリッジ対向部65cを有している。また、カートリッジ対向部65cの下端部付近の左右位置(画像形成本体装置2を基準とすれば前面方向位置および背面方向位置)に、凸壁部65aを有している。
As shown in FIGS. 10 and 11, the cartridge mounting portion 65 has a cartridge facing portion 65 c that is arranged vertically along the right surface of the image forming main body device 2. In addition, convex wall portions 65a are provided at the left and right positions near the lower end portion of the cartridge facing portion 65c (the front direction position and the back direction position with respect to the image forming main body device 2).
両凸壁部65aには、互いに対向する内面に、嵌合凹部65bが形成されている。嵌合凹部65bは、導入部が直状凹部65b2となり、その先の終端部が円形凹部65b1となっている。直状凹部65b2は、トナーカートリッジ71の嵌合凸部71dにおける直状部71d2よりも若干広い幅であり、円形凹部65b1は、トナーカートリッジ71の嵌合凸部71dにおける両湾曲面71d1の間の幅よりも若干広い径である。また、直状凹部65b2は、垂直上下方向に対して、画像形成本体装置2の右面側に傾斜している。
In both convex wall portions 65a, fitting concave portions 65b are formed on the inner surfaces facing each other. The fitting recess 65b has a straight recess 65b2 at the introduction portion and a circular recess 65b1 at the end of the fitting recess 65b. The straight concave portion 65b2 is slightly wider than the straight portion 71d2 in the fitting convex portion 71d of the toner cartridge 71, and the circular concave portion 65b1 is between the curved surfaces 71d1 in the fitting convex portion 71d of the toner cartridge 71. The diameter is slightly wider than the width. The straight recess 65b2 is inclined to the right surface side of the image forming main body device 2 with respect to the vertical vertical direction.
したがって、トナーカートリッジ71をカートリッジ装着部65に装着する場合、作業者は、まず、トナーカートリッジ71を、カートリッジ装着部65に対して、上方から斜め下方へ移動させ、嵌合凸部71dの直状部71d2を嵌合凹部65bの直状凹部65b2に挿入する。さらに、嵌合凸部71dが嵌合凹部65bの円形凹部65b1に到達するまで、トナーカートリッジ71を斜め下方へ移動させる。その後、トナーカートリッジ71をカートリッジ装着部65のカートリッジ対向部65cに当接するまで、トナーカートリッジ71を回転させる。この場合、トナーカートリッジ71の回転は、嵌合凸部71dが嵌合凹部65bの円形凹部65b1に回転可能に保持されているので、円滑に行うことができる。
Therefore, when the toner cartridge 71 is mounted on the cartridge mounting portion 65, the operator first moves the toner cartridge 71 obliquely downward from above with respect to the cartridge mounting portion 65, and the straight shape of the fitting convex portion 71d. The portion 71d2 is inserted into the straight recess 65b2 of the fitting recess 65b. Further, the toner cartridge 71 is moved obliquely downward until the fitting convex portion 71d reaches the circular concave portion 65b1 of the fitting concave portion 65b. Thereafter, the toner cartridge 71 is rotated until the toner cartridge 71 contacts the cartridge facing portion 65c of the cartridge mounting portion 65. In this case, the rotation of the toner cartridge 71 can be smoothly performed because the fitting convex portion 71d is rotatably held in the circular concave portion 65b1 of the fitting concave portion 65b.
(トナーカートリッジから現像装置へのトナーの補給)
図5に示すように、カートリッジ装着部65~68に装着されたトナーカートリッジ71~74の下には、それぞれトナー中間受け部材76~79が配置されている。また、トナー中間受け部材76~79の下には、図7にも示すように、それぞれ現像装置43a~43dのトナー取込部43a1~43d1の端部が配置されている。したがって、トナーカートリッジ71~74のトナーはそれぞれトナー中間受け部材76~79を介して、対応する現像装置43a~43dに供給される。 (Supplying toner from the toner cartridge to the developing device)
As shown in FIG. 5, tonerintermediate receiving members 76 to 79 are arranged below the toner cartridges 71 to 74 mounted on the cartridge mounting portions 65 to 68, respectively. Under the toner intermediate receiving members 76 to 79, as shown in FIG. 7, the end portions of the toner take-in portions 43a1 to 43d1 of the developing devices 43a to 43d are arranged, respectively. Therefore, the toner in the toner cartridges 71 to 74 is supplied to the corresponding developing devices 43a to 43d via the toner intermediate receiving members 76 to 79, respectively.
図5に示すように、カートリッジ装着部65~68に装着されたトナーカートリッジ71~74の下には、それぞれトナー中間受け部材76~79が配置されている。また、トナー中間受け部材76~79の下には、図7にも示すように、それぞれ現像装置43a~43dのトナー取込部43a1~43d1の端部が配置されている。したがって、トナーカートリッジ71~74のトナーはそれぞれトナー中間受け部材76~79を介して、対応する現像装置43a~43dに供給される。 (Supplying toner from the toner cartridge to the developing device)
As shown in FIG. 5, toner
ここでは、トナーカートリッジ71、カートリッジ装着部65、トナー中間受け部材76および現像装置43aの場合を例に、トナーカートリッジ71から現像装置43aへトナーを補給するための構成について説明する。
Here, the configuration for replenishing toner from the toner cartridge 71 to the developing device 43a will be described taking the case of the toner cartridge 71, the cartridge mounting portion 65, the toner intermediate receiving member 76, and the developing device 43a as an example.
図12は、上方から斜め下方にトナーカートリッジ71を移動させて、トナーカートリッジ71の嵌合凸部71dをカートリッジ装着部65の嵌合凹部65bに挿入した状態を示す説明図である。図13は、カートリッジ装着部65に対するトナーカートリッジ71の装着が完了した状態を示す説明図である。
FIG. 12 is an explanatory view showing a state in which the toner cartridge 71 is moved obliquely downward from above and the fitting convex portion 71d of the toner cartridge 71 is inserted into the fitting concave portion 65b of the cartridge mounting portion 65. FIG. 13 is an explanatory diagram showing a state where the mounting of the toner cartridge 71 to the cartridge mounting portion 65 is completed.
図13に示すように、トナー中間受け部材76には、トナー取込口76aが形成されている。トナー取込口76aの位置は、トナーカートリッジ71がカートリッジ装着部65に装着された状態においてトナーカートリッジ71のトナー補給口71bと対向する位置である。
As shown in FIG. 13, the toner intermediate receiving member 76 has a toner intake port 76a. The position of the toner intake port 76a is a position facing the toner supply port 71b of the toner cartridge 71 in a state where the toner cartridge 71 is mounted on the cartridge mounting unit 65.
また、図12に示すように、トナーカートリッジ71のシャッタ71cには、係合凸部71eが形成され、トナー中間受け部材76には、係合凸部71eと係合する係合受部76bが形成されている。
As shown in FIG. 12, the shutter 71c of the toner cartridge 71 is formed with an engaging convex portion 71e, and the toner intermediate receiving member 76 has an engaging receiving portion 76b that engages with the engaging convex portion 71e. Is formed.
係合受部76bには、上方から斜め下方にトナーカートリッジ71を移動させて、トナーカートリッジ71の嵌合凸部71dをカートリッジ装着部65の嵌合凹部65bに挿入した状態において、係合凸部71eが係合する。
When the toner cartridge 71 is moved obliquely downward from above and the fitting convex portion 71d of the toner cartridge 71 is inserted into the fitting concave portion 65b of the cartridge mounting portion 65, the engaging convex portion 76b 71e is engaged.
この状態において、図13に示すように、トナーカートリッジ71をカートリッジ装着部65のカートリッジ対向部65cに当接するように回転させると、シャッタ71cが開き、トナー補給口71bが開放される。これにより、トナーカートリッジ71内のトナーが、トナー補給口71b、トナー中間受け部材76のトナー取込口76a、トナー中間受け部材76の内部、トナー中間受け部材76のトナー補給口76cおよびトナー取込部43a1のトナー取込口43a2を経て、現像装置43aに補給される。
In this state, as shown in FIG. 13, when the toner cartridge 71 is rotated so as to come into contact with the cartridge facing portion 65c of the cartridge mounting portion 65, the shutter 71c is opened and the toner supply port 71b is opened. As a result, the toner in the toner cartridge 71 is supplied to the toner supply port 71b, the toner intake port 76a of the toner intermediate receiving member 76, the toner intermediate receiving member 76, the toner supply port 76c of the toner intermediate receiving member 76, and the toner intake. The toner is supplied to the developing device 43a through the toner intake 43a2 of the portion 43a1.
トナー中間受け部材76は、図14に示す構造となっている。図14は、トナー中間受け部材76の構造を示す縦断面図である。トナー中間受け部材76は、画像形成本体装置2に固定されており、図14に示すように、内部にトナー搬送スクリュー76dを備えている。トナー中間受け部材76では、トナー取込口76aから取り込んだトナーをトナー搬送スクリュー76dによって搬送し、トナー補給口76cから、トナー取込口43a2を通じて現像装置43aに補給する。トナー搬送スクリュー76dは、画像形成本体装置2から駆動力を受けて回転する。
The toner intermediate receiving member 76 has a structure shown in FIG. FIG. 14 is a longitudinal sectional view showing the structure of the toner intermediate receiving member 76. The toner intermediate receiving member 76 is fixed to the image forming main body device 2 and includes a toner conveying screw 76d therein as shown in FIG. In the toner intermediate receiving member 76, the toner taken in from the toner take-in port 76a is carried by the toner carrying screw 76d, and replenished from the toner replenishing port 76c to the developing device 43a through the toner take-in port 43a2. The toner conveying screw 76d is rotated by receiving a driving force from the image forming main body device 2.
(側面開閉扉)
画像形成本体装置2の筐体には、図15に示すように、画像形成本体装置2の右面に側面開閉扉101が形成されている。側面開閉扉101は、トナーカートリッジ71~74および廃トナーボックス69の配置領域を開閉可能に覆っている。側面開閉扉101は、取手101aを有し、図15に示すように、下端部の回転支点軸102を中心として、上下方向へ開閉可能となっている。図15は、側面開閉扉101の開閉状態を示す説明図である。 (Side open / close door)
As shown in FIG. 15, a side opening /closing door 101 is formed on the right surface of the image forming main body device 2 in the casing of the image forming main body device 2. The side opening / closing door 101 covers the arrangement area of the toner cartridges 71 to 74 and the waste toner box 69 so as to be opened and closed. The side opening / closing door 101 has a handle 101a and can be opened / closed in the vertical direction about the rotation fulcrum shaft 102 at the lower end as shown in FIG. FIG. 15 is an explanatory diagram showing an open / closed state of the side opening / closing door 101.
画像形成本体装置2の筐体には、図15に示すように、画像形成本体装置2の右面に側面開閉扉101が形成されている。側面開閉扉101は、トナーカートリッジ71~74および廃トナーボックス69の配置領域を開閉可能に覆っている。側面開閉扉101は、取手101aを有し、図15に示すように、下端部の回転支点軸102を中心として、上下方向へ開閉可能となっている。図15は、側面開閉扉101の開閉状態を示す説明図である。 (Side open / close door)
As shown in FIG. 15, a side opening /
本実施の形態において、側面開閉扉101は、閉位置101a0から第1開放位置(小開放位置)101a1および第2開放位置(大開放位置)101a2に開放できるようになっている。第1開放位置101a1では、トナーカートリッジ71~74の交換作業が可能となっており、第2開放位置101a2では、廃トナーボックス69の交換作業、およびプロセスユニット11の交換作業が可能となっている。閉位置101a0に対する第1開放位置101a1の開放角度(第1開放角度)は、30°~45°であり、第2開放位置101a2の開放角度(第2開放角度)は、90°~110°である。
In the present embodiment, the side opening / closing door 101 can be opened from the closed position 101a0 to the first open position (small open position) 101a1 and the second open position (large open position) 101a2. The toner cartridges 71 to 74 can be exchanged at the first opening position 101a1, and the waste toner box 69 and the process unit 11 can be exchanged at the second opening position 101a2. . The opening angle (first opening angle) of the first opening position 101a1 with respect to the closing position 101a0 is 30 ° to 45 °, and the opening angle (second opening angle) of the second opening position 101a2 is 90 ° to 110 °. is there.
(開放角度調整機構部)
次に、側面開閉扉101を第1開放位置101a1および第2開放位置101a2に開放するための開放角度調整機構部について説明する。図16の(a)は、画像形成本体装置2の前面側から見た場合における、側面開閉扉101が閉位置101a0に配置されている場合、および第1開放位置101a1に開放されている場合の開放角度調整機構部103の状態を示す説明図である。図16の(b)は、開放角度調整機構部103が備える連結部材105を示す正面図である。図16の(c)は、画像形成本体装置2の前面側から見た場合における、側面開閉扉101が第2開放位置101a2に開放されている場合の開放角度調整機構部103の状態を示す説明図である。 (Opening angle adjustment mechanism)
Next, an opening angle adjusting mechanism for opening the side opening /closing door 101 to the first opening position 101a1 and the second opening position 101a2 will be described. FIG. 16A shows the case where the side opening / closing door 101 is disposed at the closed position 101a0 and the case where it is opened to the first opening position 101a1 when viewed from the front side of the image forming main body apparatus 2. It is explanatory drawing which shows the state of the open angle adjustment mechanism part. FIG. 16B is a front view showing the connecting member 105 provided in the opening angle adjusting mechanism 103. FIG. 16C illustrates a state of the opening angle adjusting mechanism 103 when the side opening / closing door 101 is opened to the second opening position 101a2 when viewed from the front side of the image forming main body device 2. FIG.
次に、側面開閉扉101を第1開放位置101a1および第2開放位置101a2に開放するための開放角度調整機構部について説明する。図16の(a)は、画像形成本体装置2の前面側から見た場合における、側面開閉扉101が閉位置101a0に配置されている場合、および第1開放位置101a1に開放されている場合の開放角度調整機構部103の状態を示す説明図である。図16の(b)は、開放角度調整機構部103が備える連結部材105を示す正面図である。図16の(c)は、画像形成本体装置2の前面側から見た場合における、側面開閉扉101が第2開放位置101a2に開放されている場合の開放角度調整機構部103の状態を示す説明図である。 (Opening angle adjustment mechanism)
Next, an opening angle adjusting mechanism for opening the side opening /
また、図17の(a)は、画像形成本体装置2の右面側から見た場合における、側面開閉扉101が第1開放位置101a1に開放されている場合の開放角度調整機構部103の状態を示す説明図である。図17の(b)は、画像形成本体装置2の右面側から見た場合における、側面開閉扉101が第2開放位置101a2に開放されている場合の開放角度調整機構部103の状態を示す説明図である。
FIG. 17A shows the state of the opening angle adjustment mechanism 103 when the side opening / closing door 101 is opened to the first opening position 101a1 when viewed from the right side of the image forming main body device 2. It is explanatory drawing shown. FIG. 17B illustrates the state of the opening angle adjusting mechanism 103 when the side opening / closing door 101 is opened to the second opening position 101a2 when viewed from the right side of the image forming main body device 2. FIG.
開放角度調整機構部103は、図16の(a)および図17の(a)に示すように、案内部材104、連結部材105、ストッパ106および圧縮ばね107を備えている。
The opening angle adjusting mechanism 103 includes a guide member 104, a connecting member 105, a stopper 106, and a compression spring 107, as shown in FIG. 16 (a) and FIG. 17 (a).
案内部材104は、長穴104aを有する板状部材であり、長穴104aの長手方向が画像形成本体装置2の左右方向となるように、画像形成本体装置2に固定されている。連結部材105は、図16の(b)に示すように、細長い板形状の板状部105aを有している。さらに、板状部105aの一端部において板状部105aから垂直に突出する第1ボス105b、および板状部105aの他端部において板状部105aから第1ボス105bと同方向に突出する第2ボス105cを有している。
The guide member 104 is a plate-like member having a long hole 104 a and is fixed to the image forming main body device 2 so that the longitudinal direction of the long hole 104 a is the left-right direction of the image forming main body device 2. As shown in FIG. 16B, the connecting member 105 has a long and thin plate-like portion 105a. Further, a first boss 105b that protrudes perpendicularly from the plate-like part 105a at one end of the plate-like part 105a and a first boss 105b that protrudes in the same direction as the first boss 105b from the plate-like part 105a at the other end of the plate-like part 105a. Two bosses 105c are provided.
なお、案内部材104は、ビス等にて画像形成装置1に固定されているものであっても、画像形成装置1の底板を案内部材104の形状に加工することにより形成されているものであってもよい。
Even if the guide member 104 is fixed to the image forming apparatus 1 with screws or the like, it is formed by processing the bottom plate of the image forming apparatus 1 into the shape of the guide member 104. May be.
第1ボス105bは、案内部材104の長穴104aに挿入され、長穴104aに案内されて、画像形成本体装置2の左右方向に移動可能となっている。第2ボス105cは、回転支点軸102の上方の所定位置において、側面開閉扉101に対して回転可能に挿入されている。
The first boss 105b is inserted into the elongated hole 104a of the guide member 104, and is guided in the elongated hole 104a so as to be movable in the left-right direction of the image forming main body device 2. The second boss 105 c is rotatably inserted into the side opening / closing door 101 at a predetermined position above the rotation fulcrum shaft 102.
ストッパ106は、作業者によって操作される操作部106a、および操作部106aから上方に突出する係止部106bを有し、案内部材104に対して上下移動可能となっている。ストッパ106の操作部106aは、例えば画像形成装置1の底部から下方へ露出している。ストッパ106は、作業者によって押し上げ操作が行われていない場合、図16の(a)および図17の(a)に示すように、圧縮ばね107によって下方に押し下げられている。この状態において、係止部106bは案内部材104の長穴104aの位置に配置され、連結部材105の第1ボス105bの右方向への移動を阻止する。
The stopper 106 has an operation part 106a operated by an operator and a locking part 106b protruding upward from the operation part 106a, and is movable up and down with respect to the guide member 104. The operation unit 106 a of the stopper 106 is exposed downward from the bottom of the image forming apparatus 1, for example. When the operator has not pushed up the stopper 106, the stopper 106 is pushed down by the compression spring 107 as shown in FIGS. 16A and 17A. In this state, the locking portion 106b is disposed at the position of the elongated hole 104a of the guide member 104, and prevents the first boss 105b of the connecting member 105 from moving in the right direction.
また、ストッパ106の係止部106bには、第1ボス105bの右方向への移動を可能とする凹部106b1が形成されている。この凹部106b1は、図16の(c)および図17の(b)に示すように、作業者によりストッパ106が上方位置に押し上げられた状態において、案内部材104の長穴104aの位置に配置される。したがって、この状態において、第1ボス105bの右方向への移動が可能となる。なお、この場合、第1ボス105bは、例えば係止部106bにおける右側の端部位置まで移動する。
Further, a concave portion 106b1 that allows the first boss 105b to move in the right direction is formed in the locking portion 106b of the stopper 106. As shown in FIGS. 16C and 17B, the recess 106b1 is arranged at the position of the elongated hole 104a of the guide member 104 in a state where the stopper 106 is pushed up to the upper position by the operator. The Therefore, in this state, the first boss 105b can be moved in the right direction. In this case, the first boss 105b moves to, for example, the right end position of the locking portion 106b.
上記の構成において、トナーカートリッジ71~74は収容しているトナーが空になった場合に、また、廃トナーボックス69は回収した廃トナーが満杯となって場合に、また、プロセスユニット11は例えば印刷枚数が所定枚数となった場合に、例えば操作パネル21の表示に基づき、それぞれ新しいものと交換される。
In the above configuration, the toner cartridges 71 to 74 are used when the toner stored therein is empty, the waste toner box 69 is used when the collected waste toner is full, and the process unit 11 is When the number of printed sheets reaches a predetermined number, for example, each is replaced with a new one based on the display on the operation panel 21.
ここで、トナーカートリッジ71~74、廃トナーボックス69およびプロセスユニット11の交換サイクルは、印刷枚数に換算した場合、およそ、
・トナーカートリッジ71~74: 4,000枚毎
・廃トナーボックス69 :10,000枚毎
・プロセスユニット11 :60,000枚毎
である。
(トナーカートリッジの交換作業)
トナーカートリッジ71~74を交換する場合、作業者は、画像形成装置1の前面側位置において、画像形成装置1の右面に手を伸ばし、側面開閉扉101の取手101aを引いて側面開閉扉101を第1開放位置101a1(図15、図16の(a)、図17の(a))まで開放する。 Here, the replacement cycle of thetoner cartridges 71 to 74, the waste toner box 69 and the process unit 11 is approximately when converted to the number of printed sheets.
Toner cartridges 71 to 74: Every 4,000 sheets Waste toner box 69: Every 10,000 sheets Process unit 11: Every 60,000 sheets
(Toner cartridge replacement work)
When replacing thetoner cartridges 71 to 74, the operator reaches for the right side of the image forming apparatus 1 at the position on the front side of the image forming apparatus 1 and pulls the handle 101 a of the side opening / closing door 101 to pull the side opening / closing door 101. The first opening position 101a1 is opened (FIG. 15, FIG. 16 (a), FIG. 17 (a)).
・トナーカートリッジ71~74: 4,000枚毎
・廃トナーボックス69 :10,000枚毎
・プロセスユニット11 :60,000枚毎
である。
(トナーカートリッジの交換作業)
トナーカートリッジ71~74を交換する場合、作業者は、画像形成装置1の前面側位置において、画像形成装置1の右面に手を伸ばし、側面開閉扉101の取手101aを引いて側面開閉扉101を第1開放位置101a1(図15、図16の(a)、図17の(a))まで開放する。 Here, the replacement cycle of the
(Toner cartridge replacement work)
When replacing the
ここで、開放角度調整機構部103では、側面開閉扉101が閉位置101a0にある場合、連結部材105の第1ボス105bは案内部材104の長穴104aの図16の(a)における左方向(画像形成本体装置2の左方向)の端部付近に存在する。
Here, in the opening angle adjusting mechanism 103, when the side opening / closing door 101 is in the closed position 101 a 0, the first boss 105 b of the connecting member 105 moves to the left of the elongated hole 104 a of the guide member 104 in FIG. It exists in the vicinity of the end of the image forming main unit 2 in the left direction).
この状態から、側面開閉扉101が開放されると、この開放動作に伴い、連結部材105が側面開閉扉101に引っ張られて右方向に移動し、同時に連結部材105の第1ボス105bが案内部材104の長穴104a内を右方向に移動し、ストッパ106の係止部106bに当接する。この結果、側面開閉扉101は、それ以上の開放が阻止され、第1開放位置101a1に配置される。
When the side opening / closing door 101 is opened from this state, the connecting member 105 is pulled by the side opening / closing door 101 and moved rightward along with the opening operation, and at the same time, the first boss 105b of the connecting member 105 is moved to the guide member. It moves to the right in the elongated hole 104 a of 104, and comes into contact with the locking portion 106 b of the stopper 106. As a result, the side opening / closing door 101 is prevented from being further opened and is disposed at the first opening position 101a1.
次に、作業者は、側面開閉扉101を第1開放位置101a1に開放した状態において、右手により、トナーカートリッジ71~74のうち、交換すべきものを交換する。
Next, in a state where the side opening / closing door 101 is opened to the first opening position 101a1, the operator replaces the toner cartridges 71 to 74 to be replaced with the right hand.
例えば、トナーカートリッジ71を交換する場合、作業者は、図13に示したように、トナーカートリッジ71がカートリッジ装着部65に装着されている位置(装着完了状態)から、図12に示したように、トナーカートリッジ71のトナー補給口71bがシャッタ71cによって閉じられる位置まで、嵌合凸部71dを中心としてトナーカートリッジ71を右方向(時計回り)に回転させる。図13に示した位置から図12に示した位置までのトナーカートリッジ71の回転角度は、例えば30°である。
For example, when the toner cartridge 71 is replaced, as shown in FIG. 13, the operator starts from the position where the toner cartridge 71 is mounted on the cartridge mounting portion 65 (installation completed state) as illustrated in FIG. 12. Then, the toner cartridge 71 is rotated clockwise (clockwise) around the fitting convex portion 71d until the toner supply port 71b of the toner cartridge 71 is closed by the shutter 71c. The rotation angle of the toner cartridge 71 from the position shown in FIG. 13 to the position shown in FIG. 12 is, for example, 30 °.
図12に示した状態では、トナーカートリッジ71の嵌合凸部71dにおける直状部71d2は、カートリッジ装着部65の嵌合凹部65bにおける直状凹部65b2と平行になる。そこで、作業者は、トナーカートリッジ71を図12に示した角度の状態にて、斜め上方に移動させる。これにより、トナーカートリッジ71の嵌合凸部71dがカートリッジ装着部65の嵌合凹部65bから抜脱される。なお、この場合には、トナーカートリッジ71のシャッタ71cにおける係合凸部71eと、現像装置43aのトナー取込部43a1における係合受部76bとの係合が解除される。したがって、シャッタ71cが閉じられ、トナー補給口71bが塞がれた状態にて、トナーカートリッジ71を画像形成本体装置2から抜き出すことができる。
12, the straight portion 71d2 of the fitting convex portion 71d of the toner cartridge 71 is parallel to the straight concave portion 65b2 of the fitting concave portion 65b of the cartridge mounting portion 65. Therefore, the operator moves the toner cartridge 71 obliquely upward in the state of the angle shown in FIG. As a result, the fitting convex portion 71 d of the toner cartridge 71 is removed from the fitting concave portion 65 b of the cartridge mounting portion 65. In this case, the engagement between the engagement convex portion 71e in the shutter 71c of the toner cartridge 71 and the engagement receiving portion 76b in the toner intake portion 43a1 of the developing device 43a is released. Accordingly, the toner cartridge 71 can be extracted from the image forming main body device 2 with the shutter 71c closed and the toner supply port 71b closed.
一方、新しいトナーカートリッジ71を装着する場合、作業者は、トナーカートリッジ71を抜き出す場合の上記の動作と逆の動作を行い、トナーカートリッジ71を図13に示した装着完了状態とすればよい。この状態では、シャッタ71cが開き、トナーカートリッジ71内のトナーをトナー補給口71bおよびトナー取込部43a1のトナー取込口43a2を通じて、現像装置43aに補給可能となる。
On the other hand, when a new toner cartridge 71 is mounted, the operator may perform the operation opposite to the above-described operation for removing the toner cartridge 71 to bring the toner cartridge 71 into the mounting completion state shown in FIG. In this state, the shutter 71c is opened, and the toner in the toner cartridge 71 can be supplied to the developing device 43a through the toner supply port 71b and the toner intake port 43a2 of the toner intake part 43a1.
(廃トナーボックスの交換作業)
廃トナーボックス69を交換する場合、作業者は、側面開閉扉101を第2開放位置101a2(図15、図16の(c)、図17の(b))まで開放する。この場合、作業者は、画像形成装置1の前面側位置において、左手にてストッパ106を押し上げ、右手にて側面開閉扉101の取手101aを引いて側面開閉扉101を開放する。 (Waste toner box replacement work)
When replacing thewaste toner box 69, the operator opens the side opening / closing door 101 to the second opening position 101a2 (FIG. 15, (c) in FIG. 16, (b) in FIG. 17). In this case, the operator pushes up the stopper 106 with the left hand and pulls the handle 101 a of the side opening / closing door 101 with the right hand to open the side opening / closing door 101 at the front side position of the image forming apparatus 1.
廃トナーボックス69を交換する場合、作業者は、側面開閉扉101を第2開放位置101a2(図15、図16の(c)、図17の(b))まで開放する。この場合、作業者は、画像形成装置1の前面側位置において、左手にてストッパ106を押し上げ、右手にて側面開閉扉101の取手101aを引いて側面開閉扉101を開放する。 (Waste toner box replacement work)
When replacing the
ここで、開放角度調整機構部103では、側面開閉扉101が閉位置101a0にある状態においてストッパ106が押し上げられると、ストッパ106の凹部106b1が案内部材104の長穴104aの位置に移動する。これにより、連結部材105の第1ボス105bは、ストッパ106の係止部106bにて右方向への移動を阻止されることなく、さらに右方向へ移動することができる。したがって、側面開閉扉101を第2開放位置101a2まで開放することができる。
Here, in the opening angle adjusting mechanism 103, when the stopper 106 is pushed up with the side opening / closing door 101 in the closed position 101a0, the recess 106b1 of the stopper 106 moves to the position of the elongated hole 104a of the guide member 104. Thereby, the 1st boss | hub 105b of the connection member 105 can move to the right direction further, without the movement to the right direction being prevented by the latching | locking part 106b of the stopper 106. FIG. Therefore, the side opening / closing door 101 can be opened to the second opening position 101a2.
次に、作業者は、側面開閉扉101を第2開放位置101a2に開放した状態において、廃トナーボックス69を右手にて画像形成本体装置2の右面側に引き出して、新しいものと交換する。
Next, in a state where the side opening / closing door 101 is opened to the second opening position 101a2, the operator pulls out the waste toner box 69 with the right hand to the right side of the image forming apparatus 2 and replaces it with a new one.
(プロセスユニットの交換作業)
プロセスユニット11を交換する場合、作業者は、廃トナーボックス69の交換作業と同様にして、側面開閉扉101を第2開放位置101a2(図15、図16の(c)、図17の(b))まで開放する。 (Process unit replacement work)
When theprocess unit 11 is replaced, the operator moves the side opening / closing door 101 to the second open position 101a2 (FIGS. 15, 16C, 17B) in the same manner as the replacement operation of the waste toner box 69. )).
プロセスユニット11を交換する場合、作業者は、廃トナーボックス69の交換作業と同様にして、側面開閉扉101を第2開放位置101a2(図15、図16の(c)、図17の(b))まで開放する。 (Process unit replacement work)
When the
次に、作業者は、画像形成本体装置2からプロセスユニット11の右面側に存在するトナーカートリッジ71~74、カートリッジ装着部65~68および廃トナーボックス69等を取り外したのち、プロセスユニット11を画像形成本体装置2から引き出して、新しいものと交換する。
Next, the operator removes the toner cartridges 71 to 74, the cartridge mounting portions 65 to 68, the waste toner box 69 and the like existing on the right side of the process unit 11 from the image forming main body 2, and then removes the process unit 11 from the image forming apparatus 2. Pull out from the forming body device 2 and replace with a new one.
この場合、作業者は、画像形成本体装置2の右面側に作業スペースを確保できる場合、右面側において、作業を行ってもよい。あるいは、画像形成本体装置2の右面側が前面側に来るように、画像形成本体装置2を水平に90度回転させて、作業を行ってもよい。
In this case, the worker may perform work on the right side when the work space can be secured on the right side of the image forming main body device 2. Alternatively, the image forming main body device 2 may be rotated 90 degrees horizontally so that the right side of the image forming main body device 2 is on the front side.
(画像形成装置の利点)
以上のように、本実施の形態の画像形成装置1では、作業者は、トナーカートリッジ71~74および廃トナーボックス69の交換作業を画像形成装置1の前面に位置した状態にて、画像形成装置1の右面側に形成された側面開閉扉101を開放することにより右手にて行うことができる。 (Advantages of image forming apparatus)
As described above, in theimage forming apparatus 1 according to the present embodiment, the operator can replace the toner cartridges 71 to 74 and the waste toner box 69 in the state where the replacement work is positioned on the front surface of the image forming apparatus 1. This can be done with the right hand by opening the side opening / closing door 101 formed on the right side of 1.
以上のように、本実施の形態の画像形成装置1では、作業者は、トナーカートリッジ71~74および廃トナーボックス69の交換作業を画像形成装置1の前面に位置した状態にて、画像形成装置1の右面側に形成された側面開閉扉101を開放することにより右手にて行うことができる。 (Advantages of image forming apparatus)
As described above, in the
これにより、画像形成装置1の前面側位置において作業者の前後方向の動きが生じ難く、トナーカートリッジ71~74および廃トナーボックス69の交換作業が、他の人の通行の妨げになる事態が生じ難くなっている。これにより、スモールオフィスやホームオフィスにおいても、トナーカートリッジ71~74および廃トナーボックス69の交換作業を円滑に行うことができる。
As a result, it is difficult for the operator to move back and forth in the front side position of the image forming apparatus 1, and the situation where the replacement of the toner cartridges 71 to 74 and the waste toner box 69 hinders other people's traffic. It has become difficult. Accordingly, the replacement work of the toner cartridges 71 to 74 and the waste toner box 69 can be smoothly performed also in the small office or the home office.
また、側面開閉扉101が画像形成装置1の右面側に形成されていることから、人口割合で7割程度と言われている右利きの人は、トナーカートリッジ71~74および廃トナーボックス69の交換作業を利き手にて容易に行うことができる。
Further, since the side opening / closing door 101 is formed on the right side of the image forming apparatus 1, a right-handed person who is said to have a population ratio of about 70% has the toner cartridges 71 to 74 and the waste toner box 69. Exchange work can be easily performed by a dominant hand.
また、作業者が車椅子を使用する障がい者であっても、画像形成装置1の右面側の側面開閉扉101を開放して、トナーカートリッジ71~74の交換作業、および廃トナーボックス69の交換作業を容易に行うことができる。
Even if the worker is a disabled person using a wheelchair, the side opening door 101 on the right side of the image forming apparatus 1 is opened, the toner cartridges 71 to 74 are replaced, and the waste toner box 69 is replaced. Can be easily performed.
図18の(a)は車椅子を使用する作業者による画像形成装置1のトナーカートリッジ71~74の交換作業を示す平面図である。図18の(b)は、車椅子を使用する作業者による画像形成装置1の主電源に対する操作状態を示す平面図である。
FIG. 18A is a plan view showing replacement work of the toner cartridges 71 to 74 of the image forming apparatus 1 by an operator using a wheelchair. FIG. 18B is a plan view showing an operation state on the main power source of the image forming apparatus 1 by an operator who uses a wheelchair.
図18の(a)および図18の(b)に示すように、車椅子111を使用する作業者112が画像形成装置1に対して作業を行う場合、車椅子111を画像形成装置1の前面側位置に横付けし、作業者112は右側から画像形成装置1の前面と対峙する。
As shown in FIGS. 18A and 18B, when a worker 112 using the wheelchair 111 performs an operation on the image forming apparatus 1, the wheelchair 111 is positioned on the front side of the image forming apparatus 1. The worker 112 faces the front surface of the image forming apparatus 1 from the right side.
トナーカートリッジ71~74を交換する場合には、図18の(a)に示すように、作業者112は上記の状態にて右手113を画像形成装置1の右面側位置に伸ばし、取手101aを操作して側面開閉扉101を開放し、トナーカートリッジ71~74を交換する。同様にして、作業者112は、廃トナーボックス69の交換も行うことができる。また、例えば操作パネル21上の主電源スイッチ22を操作する場合には、図18の(b)に示すように、トナーカートリッジ71~74を交換する場合と同じ位置において、右手113にて主電源スイッチ22を操作する。
When the toner cartridges 71 to 74 are replaced, as shown in FIG. 18A, the operator 112 extends the right hand 113 to the position on the right side of the image forming apparatus 1 in the above state, and operates the handle 101a. Then, the side opening / closing door 101 is opened, and the toner cartridges 71 to 74 are replaced. Similarly, the worker 112 can also replace the waste toner box 69. For example, when the main power switch 22 on the operation panel 21 is operated, as shown in FIG. 18B, the main power switch 113 is used with the right hand 113 at the same position as when the toner cartridges 71 to 74 are replaced. The switch 22 is operated.
上記の各作業を行う場合、作業者112は、車椅子111を画像形成装置1の前面側において、画像形成装置1の前後方向に移動させる必要がない。したがって、画像形成装置1の前面側において車椅子111のスペースは必要となるものの、それ以上のスペースは必要なく、画像形成装置1の前面側において人の通行を妨げる事態を抑制することができる。
When performing each of the above operations, the worker 112 does not need to move the wheelchair 111 in the front-rear direction of the image forming apparatus 1 on the front side of the image forming apparatus 1. Accordingly, although a space for the wheelchair 111 is required on the front side of the image forming apparatus 1, no more space is required, and a situation where a person is prevented from passing on the front side of the image forming apparatus 1 can be suppressed.
また、トナーカートリッジ71~74、廃トナーボックス69およびプロセスユニット11の交換作業を、同一の側面開閉扉101を開放して行うことができるので、これら作業を容易に行うことができる。その上、画像形成装置1に必要な開閉扉の数を少なくすることができるので、画像形成装置1の構造を簡素化することができる。
In addition, since the toner cartridges 71 to 74, the waste toner box 69, and the process unit 11 can be replaced with the same side opening / closing door 101 opened, these operations can be easily performed. In addition, since the number of doors required for the image forming apparatus 1 can be reduced, the structure of the image forming apparatus 1 can be simplified.
また、特に、トナーカートリッジ71~74の交換作業については、側面開閉扉101を第1開放位置101a1に開放した状態、すなわち例えば30°~45°といった狭い角度(鋭角)に開放した状態にて行うことができる。したがって、画像形成装置1の側方に、側面開閉扉101を開放できる比較的小さいスペースを確保できれば、トナーカートリッジ71~74の交換作業が可能となる。この点は、トナーカートリッジ71~74の交換頻度が廃トナーボックス69やプロセスユニット11の交換頻度と比較して格段に高いことから、大きな利点である。
In particular, the replacement operation of the toner cartridges 71 to 74 is performed in a state where the side opening / closing door 101 is opened to the first opening position 101a1, that is, a state where the side opening / closing door 101 is opened at a narrow angle (acute angle) such as 30 ° to 45 °. be able to. Therefore, if a relatively small space can be secured on the side of the image forming apparatus 1 so that the side opening / closing door 101 can be opened, the toner cartridges 71 to 74 can be replaced. This is a great advantage because the replacement frequency of the toner cartridges 71 to 74 is much higher than the replacement frequency of the waste toner box 69 and the process unit 11.
これにより、図19に示すように、画像形成装置1の側面開閉扉101を有する右面側の位置に書類ファイル121が置かれている場合や、図20に示すように、画像形成装置1がキャビネット122に配置され、画像形成装置1の側面開閉扉101を有する右面側の位置に例えば花瓶123が置かれている場合であっても、画像形成装置1や画像形成装置1の周りに配置されているものを移動させることなく、トナーカートリッジ71~74の交換作業を行うことができる。
Accordingly, as shown in FIG. 19, when the document file 121 is placed at the position on the right side having the side opening / closing door 101 of the image forming apparatus 1, or as shown in FIG. Even when the vase 123 is placed at a position on the right side having the side opening / closing door 101 of the image forming apparatus 1, the image forming apparatus 1 is arranged around the image forming apparatus 1 and the image forming apparatus 1. The toner cartridges 71 to 74 can be replaced without moving the existing ones.
また、トナーカートリッジ71~74の画像形成装置1に対する装着は、側面開閉扉101を第1開放位置101a1に開放した状態にて、トナーカートリッジ71~74を画像形成装置1に対して上方から斜め下方に移動させて挿入した後、トナーカートリッジ71~74を画像形成装置1方向(反時計回り)に回転させることにより行うようになっている。すなわち、トナーカートリッジ71~74の画像形成装置1に対する装着は、トナーカートリッジ71~74を側面開閉扉101に装着した後、側面開閉扉101を閉じることによりトナーカートリッジ71~74を所定の装着位置に装着するものではない。したがって、側面開閉扉101が経年により変形して、側面開閉扉101を閉じた場合に、所定の装着位置にトナーカートリッジ71~74が装着され難くなるといった不具合を生じない。
In addition, the toner cartridges 71 to 74 are attached to the image forming apparatus 1 in a state where the toner cartridges 71 to 74 are obliquely downward with respect to the image forming apparatus 1 with the side opening / closing door 101 opened to the first opening position 101a1. Then, the toner cartridges 71 to 74 are rotated in the direction of the image forming apparatus 1 (counterclockwise). That is, the toner cartridges 71 to 74 are attached to the image forming apparatus 1 by attaching the toner cartridges 71 to 74 to the side opening / closing door 101 and then closing the side opening / closing door 101 to bring the toner cartridges 71 to 74 to a predetermined mounting position. It is not something to wear. Accordingly, when the side opening / closing door 101 is deformed with the passage of time and the side opening / closing door 101 is closed, there is no problem that the toner cartridges 71 to 74 are not easily mounted at predetermined mounting positions.
また、トナーカートリッジ71~74を画像形成装置1に装着する場合に、側面開閉扉101の開放とともに、カートリッジ装着部65~68をトナーカートリッジ71~74の挿入を受け入れる位置まで回転させないので、側面開閉扉101の開放角度を小さくすることができ、これによっても狭い作業領域での作業が可能となっている。
Further, when the toner cartridges 71 to 74 are mounted on the image forming apparatus 1, the side opening / closing door 101 is opened and the cartridge mounting portions 65 to 68 are not rotated to the position where the insertion of the toner cartridges 71 to 74 is received. The opening angle of the door 101 can be reduced, and this also enables work in a narrow work area.
したがって、本実施の形態の画像形成装置1は、トナーカートリッジ71~74、廃トナーボックス69およびプロセスユニット11の交換作業を容易に行うことができ、かつ必要な開閉扉の数を抑制して構造を簡素化することができる。
Therefore, the image forming apparatus 1 according to the present embodiment can easily replace the toner cartridges 71 to 74, the waste toner box 69, and the process unit 11, and can reduce the number of necessary opening / closing doors. Can be simplified.
(側面開閉扉の他の例)
画像形成装置1は、図15に示した側面開閉扉101に代えて、図21の(a)~図21の(c)に示す側面開閉扉131を備えていてもよい。図21の(a)は、図15に示した側面開閉扉101の他の例を示す説明図、図21の(b)は、図21の(a)に示した側面開閉扉131の扉上部132を開放した状態を示す説明図、図21の(c)は、図21の(a)に示した扉上部132を閉じ状態に保持する構造を示す説明図である。 (Other examples of side doors)
Theimage forming apparatus 1 may include a side opening / closing door 131 shown in FIGS. 21A to 21C instead of the side opening and closing door 101 shown in FIG. 21A is an explanatory view showing another example of the side opening / closing door 101 shown in FIG. 15, and FIG. 21B is an upper part of the door of the side opening / closing door 131 shown in FIG. FIG. 21C is an explanatory diagram illustrating a state in which the door upper portion 132 illustrated in FIG. 21A is held in a closed state.
画像形成装置1は、図15に示した側面開閉扉101に代えて、図21の(a)~図21の(c)に示す側面開閉扉131を備えていてもよい。図21の(a)は、図15に示した側面開閉扉101の他の例を示す説明図、図21の(b)は、図21の(a)に示した側面開閉扉131の扉上部132を開放した状態を示す説明図、図21の(c)は、図21の(a)に示した扉上部132を閉じ状態に保持する構造を示す説明図である。 (Other examples of side doors)
The
図21の(a)に示すように、側面開閉扉131は、扉上部132と扉下部133とを備え、これら扉上部132と扉下部133とが開閉補助部材(連結部材)134とヒンジ(連結部材)135とによって連結されている。扉上部132には取手131aが形成されている。開閉補助部材134の材質は、例えばNBR(Nitrile butadiene rubber)などの弾性ゴムであってもよいし、厚み0.3mm程度のPET(Polyethylene terephthalate)フィルムであってもよい。
As shown in FIG. 21A, the side opening / closing door 131 includes a door upper part 132 and a door lower part 133, and the door upper part 132 and the door lower part 133 are connected to an opening / closing auxiliary member (connection member) 134 and a hinge (connection). Member) 135. A handle 131a is formed on the door upper portion 132. The material of the opening / closing auxiliary member 134 may be an elastic rubber such as NBR (Nitrile butadiene rubber) or a PET (Polyethylene terephthalate) film having a thickness of about 0.3 mm.
扉上部132と扉下部133とは、具体的には図21の(b)に示すように、内面側において開閉補助部材134によって連結され、外面側においてヒンジ135により連結されている。開閉補助部材134は、ビス135によって扉上部132と扉下部133とに取り付けられる。開閉補助部材134がPETフィルムにて形成される場合、開閉補助部材134の扉上部132または扉下部133に取り付けられる部分には、長穴134aが形成されていてもよい。これは、扉上部132の開放時において、ビス135に対する開閉補助部材134の移動を可能とし、扉上部132を円滑に開放できるようにするためである。
Specifically, as shown in FIG. 21B, the door upper portion 132 and the door lower portion 133 are connected by an opening / closing auxiliary member 134 on the inner surface side and are connected by a hinge 135 on the outer surface side. The opening / closing auxiliary member 134 is attached to the door upper part 132 and the door lower part 133 by screws 135. When the opening / closing auxiliary member 134 is formed of a PET film, a long hole 134 a may be formed in a portion of the opening / closing auxiliary member 134 attached to the door upper part 132 or the door lower part 133. This is because when the door upper part 132 is opened, the opening / closing auxiliary member 134 can be moved relative to the screw 135 so that the door upper part 132 can be opened smoothly.
また、図21の(c)に示すように、扉上部132の両側の側面には、例えば弾性体からなる嵌合凸部136が形成されている。一方、画像形成本体装置2の筐体23における嵌合凸部136と対向する位置には、嵌合凹部24が形成されている。したがって、扉上部132を閉じた場合には、嵌合凸部136が嵌合凹部24と嵌合し、扉上部132が閉じ状態に保持される。
Further, as shown in (c) of FIG. 21, fitting convex portions 136 made of, for example, an elastic body are formed on the side surfaces on both sides of the door upper portion 132. On the other hand, a fitting concave portion 24 is formed at a position facing the fitting convex portion 136 in the housing 23 of the image forming main body device 2. Therefore, when the door upper part 132 is closed, the fitting convex part 136 fits into the fitting concave part 24, and the door upper part 132 is hold | maintained in a closed state.
側面開閉扉131を備えた構成では、トナーカートリッジ71~74の交換の場合には、扉上部132のみが開放され(小開放位置)、廃トナーボックス69およびプロセスユニット11の交換の場合には、扉上部132および扉下部133が開放される(大開放位置)。
In the configuration including the side opening / closing door 131, when the toner cartridges 71 to 74 are replaced, only the door upper portion 132 is opened (small opening position), and when the waste toner box 69 and the process unit 11 are replaced, The door upper part 132 and the door lower part 133 are opened (large open position).
トナーカートリッジ71~74を交換する場合の扉上部132の開放角度は例えば60°~70°であってもよい。この場合の扉上部132の開放角度は、開閉補助部材134の長穴134aの長さを調整することにより、調整可能である。
When the toner cartridges 71 to 74 are replaced, the opening angle of the door upper portion 132 may be 60 ° to 70 °, for example. In this case, the opening angle of the door upper portion 132 can be adjusted by adjusting the length of the elongated hole 134a of the opening / closing auxiliary member 134.
また、扉下部133の開閉は、前述した開放角度調整機構部103によって行うようにすればよい。すなわち、扉下部133は、ストッパ106が圧縮ばね107に押されて下方位置に移動している場合に閉状態に保持され、ストッパ106が上方に押し上げされた場合に開放可能となる。この場合の扉上部132および扉下部133の開放角度は、側面開閉扉101を第2開放位置101a2に開放する場合と同様、90°~110°である。
Moreover, the door lower portion 133 may be opened and closed by the opening angle adjusting mechanism 103 described above. That is, the lower door 133 is held closed when the stopper 106 is pushed by the compression spring 107 and moved to the lower position, and can be opened when the stopper 106 is pushed upward. In this case, the opening angle of the door upper part 132 and the door lower part 133 is 90 ° to 110 ° as in the case of opening the side opening / closing door 101 to the second opening position 101a2.
上記のような側面開閉扉131を備えた構成では、画像形成装置1に対してトナーカートリッジ71~74を着脱するために側面開閉扉131(扉上部132)を開放する場合の側面開閉扉131の回転領域を小さくすることができる。これにより、トナーカートリッジ71~74を着脱する場合に必要な画像形成装置1の側方の作業スペースをさらに小さくすることができる。
In the configuration including the side opening / closing door 131 as described above, the side opening / closing door 131 is opened when the side opening / closing door 131 (door upper portion 132) is opened in order to attach / detach the toner cartridges 71 to 74 to / from the image forming apparatus 1. The rotation area can be reduced. As a result, the working space on the side of the image forming apparatus 1 required when the toner cartridges 71 to 74 are attached and detached can be further reduced.
〔実施の形態2〕
本発明の他の実施の形態を図22~図25に基づいて以下に説明する。
本実施の形態の画像形成装置1(画像形成本体装置2)は、図22~図25に示すように、画像形成装置1(画像形成本体装置2)の筐体の右面に設けられた側面開閉扉101が第1~第3開放角度の3段階の角度に開放されるようになっている。このために、画像形成本体装置2は、側面開閉扉101を3段階の角度、すなわち閉位置101b0から第1開放位置(小開放位置)101b1、第2開放位置(中開放位置)101b2および第3開放位置(大開放位置)101b3に開放する開放角度調整機構部151を備えている。 [Embodiment 2]
Another embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to FIGS.
As shown in FIGS. 22 to 25, the image forming apparatus 1 (image forming main body apparatus 2) according to the present embodiment opens and closes a side surface provided on the right side of the casing of the image forming apparatus 1 (image forming main body apparatus 2). Thedoor 101 is opened at three stages of first to third opening angles. For this purpose, the image forming main body 2 opens the side opening / closing door 101 at three angles, that is, from the closed position 101b0 to the first open position (small open position) 101b1, the second open position (medium open position) 101b2, and the third. An opening angle adjusting mechanism 151 that opens to an opening position (large opening position) 101b3 is provided.
本発明の他の実施の形態を図22~図25に基づいて以下に説明する。
本実施の形態の画像形成装置1(画像形成本体装置2)は、図22~図25に示すように、画像形成装置1(画像形成本体装置2)の筐体の右面に設けられた側面開閉扉101が第1~第3開放角度の3段階の角度に開放されるようになっている。このために、画像形成本体装置2は、側面開閉扉101を3段階の角度、すなわち閉位置101b0から第1開放位置(小開放位置)101b1、第2開放位置(中開放位置)101b2および第3開放位置(大開放位置)101b3に開放する開放角度調整機構部151を備えている。 [Embodiment 2]
Another embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to FIGS.
As shown in FIGS. 22 to 25, the image forming apparatus 1 (image forming main body apparatus 2) according to the present embodiment opens and closes a side surface provided on the right side of the casing of the image forming apparatus 1 (image forming main body apparatus 2). The
(開放角度調整機構部)
図22の(a)は、側面開閉扉101が閉位置101b0となっている場合の開放角度調整機構部151の状態を示す説明図である。図22の(b)は、図22の(a)に示した開放角度調整機構部151を画像形成本体装置2の右面側から見た場合の説明図である。図23は、側面開閉扉101が第1開放位置101b1に開放されている場合の開放角度調整機構部151の状態を示す説明図である。図24は、側面開閉扉101が第2開放位置101b2に開放されている場合の開放角度調整機構部151の状態を示す説明図である。図25は、側面開閉扉101が第3開放位置101b3に開放されている場合の開放角度調整機構部151の状態を示す説明図である。 (Opening angle adjustment mechanism)
(A) of FIG. 22 is explanatory drawing which shows the state of the open angleadjustment mechanism part 151 when the side surface opening-and-closing door 101 is the closed position 101b0. FIG. 22B is an explanatory diagram when the opening angle adjusting mechanism 151 shown in FIG. 22A is viewed from the right side of the image forming main body device 2. FIG. 23 is an explanatory diagram showing a state of the opening angle adjusting mechanism 151 when the side opening / closing door 101 is opened to the first opening position 101b1. FIG. 24 is an explanatory diagram showing a state of the opening angle adjustment mechanism 151 when the side opening / closing door 101 is opened to the second opening position 101b2. FIG. 25 is an explanatory diagram showing a state of the opening angle adjustment mechanism 151 when the side opening / closing door 101 is opened to the third opening position 101b3.
図22の(a)は、側面開閉扉101が閉位置101b0となっている場合の開放角度調整機構部151の状態を示す説明図である。図22の(b)は、図22の(a)に示した開放角度調整機構部151を画像形成本体装置2の右面側から見た場合の説明図である。図23は、側面開閉扉101が第1開放位置101b1に開放されている場合の開放角度調整機構部151の状態を示す説明図である。図24は、側面開閉扉101が第2開放位置101b2に開放されている場合の開放角度調整機構部151の状態を示す説明図である。図25は、側面開閉扉101が第3開放位置101b3に開放されている場合の開放角度調整機構部151の状態を示す説明図である。 (Opening angle adjustment mechanism)
(A) of FIG. 22 is explanatory drawing which shows the state of the open angle
図22の(a)および図22の(b)に示すように、開放角度調整機構部151は、細長い板形状の開放角度調整部材152を備えている。開放角度調整部材152の材質は、例えばPET(Polyethylene terephthalate)、ABS(acrylonitrile butadiene styrene)あるいは鉄、SUS等の金属である。開放角度調整機構部151は、画像形成本体装置2の内部において、画像形成本体装置2の前後方向に配置され、後方側の端部が軸部材153によって側面開閉扉101の側面に回転可能に連結されている。
22 (a) and 22 (b), the opening angle adjusting mechanism 151 includes an elongated plate-shaped opening angle adjusting member 152. As shown in FIG. The material of the opening angle adjusting member 152 is, for example, a metal such as PET (Polyethylene terephthalate), ABS (acrylonitrile butadiene styrene), iron, or SUS. The opening angle adjusting mechanism 151 is disposed in the front-rear direction of the image forming main body 2 inside the image forming main body 2, and the rear end is rotatably connected to the side surface of the side opening / closing door 101 by the shaft member 153. Has been.
開放角度調整部材152には、画像形成本体装置2の左右方向に延びる案内穴152aが形成され、この案内穴152aには、画像形成本体装置2に固定された案内ピン154が挿入されている。開放角度調整部材152における案内穴152aの周りの下辺は直線形状である。一方、案内穴152aの上辺は、案内穴152aの右端部(側面開閉扉101側の端部)から左端部に向って、第1案内部152a1、第1係止部152a2、第2案内部152a3および第2係止部152a4が形成されている。また、第2係止部152a4よりもさらに左方位置となっている案内穴152aの左端部(終端部)は、第3係止部152a5となっている。
A guide hole 152a extending in the left-right direction of the image forming main body device 2 is formed in the opening angle adjusting member 152, and a guide pin 154 fixed to the image forming main body device 2 is inserted into the guide hole 152a. The lower side of the opening angle adjusting member 152 around the guide hole 152a has a linear shape. On the other hand, the upper side of the guide hole 152a is directed from the right end portion (end portion on the side surface opening / closing door 101 side) of the guide hole 152a toward the left end portion, the first guide portion 152a1, the first locking portion 152a2, and the second guide portion 152a3. And the 2nd latching | locking part 152a4 is formed. Further, the left end portion (terminal portion) of the guide hole 152a that is further leftward than the second locking portion 152a4 is a third locking portion 152a5.
第1案内部152a1および第2案内部152a3は、斜め上方に傾斜した後に水平となっている。第1係止部152a2および第2係止部152a4は、第1案内部152a1および第2案内部152a3の終端部から下方に延びている。第1係止部152a2、第2係止部152a4および第2案内部152a3には案内ピン154が係合され、側面開閉扉101の開放に伴う画像形成本体装置2の右面側への開放角度調整部材152の移動が阻止される。
The first guide part 152a1 and the second guide part 152a3 are horizontal after being inclined obliquely upward. The first locking portion 152a2 and the second locking portion 152a4 extend downward from the terminal ends of the first guide portion 152a1 and the second guide portion 152a3. A guide pin 154 is engaged with the first locking portion 152a2, the second locking portion 152a4, and the second guiding portion 152a3, and the opening angle adjustment to the right side of the image forming main body device 2 with the opening of the side opening / closing door 101 is adjusted. The movement of the member 152 is prevented.
上記の構成において、作業者が側面開閉扉101の取手101aを引いて、側面開閉扉101を図22の(a)に示す閉位置101a0から開放した場合、開放角度調整機構部151では、側面開閉扉101の開放に伴って開放角度調整部材152が画像形成本体装置2の右面側に移動する。この場合、開放角度調整部材152の自重により、案内ピン154の上に第1案内部152a1が乗った状態で開放角度調整部材152が移動し、案内ピン154に第1係止部152a2が係合すると、それ以上の開放角度調整部材152の移動が阻止される。この状態において、側面開閉扉101は、図23に示すように、第1開放位置101b1まで開放された状態となる。
In the above configuration, when the operator pulls the handle 101a of the side opening / closing door 101 and opens the side opening / closing door 101 from the closed position 101a0 shown in FIG. 22 (a), the opening angle adjusting mechanism 151 has the side opening / closing. As the door 101 is opened, the opening angle adjusting member 152 moves to the right side of the image forming main body apparatus 2. In this case, due to the weight of the opening angle adjusting member 152, the opening angle adjusting member 152 moves while the first guide portion 152 a 1 is on the guide pin 154, and the first locking portion 152 a 2 is engaged with the guide pin 154. Then, further movement of the opening angle adjusting member 152 is prevented. In this state, as shown in FIG. 23, the side opening / closing door 101 is opened to the first opening position 101b1.
上記の状態から、開放角度調整部材152の左端部(画像形成本体装置2の左面方向の端部)を押し上げると、案内ピン154と第1係止部152a2との係合が解除され、さらに側面開閉扉101を開放することが可能となる。
When the left end of the opening angle adjusting member 152 (the end in the left surface direction of the image forming main body device 2) is pushed up from the above state, the engagement between the guide pin 154 and the first locking portion 152a2 is released, and the side surface The open / close door 101 can be opened.
次に、案内ピン154と第1係止部152a2との係合を解除した後、第1開放位置101b1からさらに側面開閉扉101を開放すると、案内ピン154の上に第2案内部152a3が乗った状態で開放角度調整部材152が移動する。その後、案内ピン154に第2係止部152a4が係合すると、それ以上の開放角度調整部材152の移動が阻止され、側面開閉扉101は、図24に示すように、第2開放位置101b2まで開放された状態となる。
Next, after the engagement between the guide pin 154 and the first locking portion 152a2 is released, when the side opening / closing door 101 is further opened from the first opening position 101b1, the second guide portion 152a3 gets on the guide pin 154. In this state, the opening angle adjusting member 152 moves. Thereafter, when the second locking portion 152a4 is engaged with the guide pin 154, further movement of the opening angle adjusting member 152 is prevented, and the side opening / closing door 101 is moved to the second opening position 101b2 as shown in FIG. It will be in an open state.
次に、案内ピン154と第2係止部152a4との係合を解除した後、第2開放位置101b2からさらに側面開閉扉101を開放すると、案内ピン154に第3係止部152a5が係合し、それ以上の開放角度調整部材152の移動が阻止される。これにより、側面開閉扉101は、図25に示すように、第3開放位置101b3まで開放された状態となる。
Next, after releasing the engagement between the guide pin 154 and the second locking portion 152a4, when the side opening / closing door 101 is further opened from the second opening position 101b2, the third locking portion 152a5 is engaged with the guide pin 154. Then, further movement of the opening angle adjusting member 152 is prevented. Thereby, as shown in FIG. 25, the side surface opening / closing door 101 is opened to the third opening position 101b3.
なお、第1開放位置101b1、第2開放位置101b2および第3開放位置101b3から側面開閉扉101を閉じる場合には、側面開閉扉101を単純に各位置から閉じればよい。
In addition, what is necessary is just to close the side opening / closing door 101 from each position simply, when closing the side opening / closing door 101 from the 1st open position 101b1, the 2nd open position 101b2, and the 3rd open position 101b3.
本実施の形態において、閉位置101a0に対する第1開放位置101b1の開放角度(第1開放角度)は30°~45°であり、第2開放位置101b2の開放角度(第2開放角度)は、45°~75°であり、第3開放位置101b3の開放角度(第3開放角度)は、90°~110°である。
In the present embodiment, the opening angle (first opening angle) of the first opening position 101b1 with respect to the closing position 101a0 is 30 ° to 45 °, and the opening angle (second opening angle) of the second opening position 101b2 is 45 °. The opening angle of the third opening position 101b3 (third opening angle) is 90 ° to 110 °.
第1開放位置101b1では、トナーカートリッジ71~74の交換作業が可能となっており、第2開放位置101b2では、トナーカートリッジ71~74および廃トナーボックス69の交換作業が可能となっており、第3開放位置101b3では、トナーカートリッジ71~74、廃トナーボックス69およびプロセスユニット11の交換作業が可能となっている。これら、トナーカートリッジ71~74、廃トナーボックス69およびプロセスユニット11の交換作業の作業手順は、前述のとおりである。
The toner cartridges 71 to 74 can be replaced at the first opening position 101b1, and the toner cartridges 71 to 74 and the waste toner box 69 can be replaced at the second opening position 101b2. In the 3 open position 101b3, the toner cartridges 71 to 74, the waste toner box 69 and the process unit 11 can be replaced. The procedures for exchanging the toner cartridges 71 to 74, the waste toner box 69, and the process unit 11 are as described above.
本実施の形態の画像形成装置1では、側面開閉扉101を第1開放角度(30°~45°)の第1開放位置101b1に開放した状態にてトナーカートリッジ71~74の交換作業を行うことができる。また、側面開閉扉101を第2開放角度(45°~75°)の第2開放位置101b2に開放した状態にて、廃トナーボックス69の交換作業を行うことができる。すなわち、トナーカートリッジ71~74の交換作業に加えて、廃トナーボックス69の交換作業においても、同一の側面開閉扉101を小さい角度に開放した状態にて、右手にて行うことができる。これにより、画像形成装置1の側方に、側面開閉扉101を開放できる比較的小さいスペースを確保できれば、トナーカートリッジ71~74および廃トナーボックス69の交換作業が可能となる。なお、画像形成装置1の他の利点については、開放角度調整機構部103によって側面開閉扉101を開放する前述した構成の場合と同様である。
In the image forming apparatus 1 of the present embodiment, the toner cartridges 71 to 74 are exchanged in a state where the side opening / closing door 101 is opened to the first opening position 101b1 at the first opening angle (30 ° to 45 °). Can do. Further, the waste toner box 69 can be replaced while the side opening / closing door 101 is opened to the second opening position 101b2 at the second opening angle (45 ° to 75 °). That is, in addition to the replacement operation of the toner cartridges 71 to 74, the replacement operation of the waste toner box 69 can be performed with the right hand with the same side opening / closing door 101 opened at a small angle. Accordingly, if a relatively small space can be secured on the side of the image forming apparatus 1 so that the side opening / closing door 101 can be opened, the toner cartridges 71 to 74 and the waste toner box 69 can be replaced. The other advantages of the image forming apparatus 1 are the same as those of the above-described configuration in which the side opening / closing door 101 is opened by the opening angle adjusting mechanism 103.
したがって、本実施の形態の画像形成装置1においてもトナーカートリッジ71~74、廃トナーボックス69およびプロセスユニット11の交換作業を容易に行うことができ、かつ必要な開閉扉の数を抑制して構造を簡素化することができる。
Therefore, also in the image forming apparatus 1 of the present embodiment, the toner cartridges 71 to 74, the waste toner box 69, and the process unit 11 can be easily replaced, and the number of necessary opening / closing doors is suppressed. Can be simplified.
〔実施の形態3〕
本発明のさらに他の実施の形態を図1~図13、図15~図21および図26に基づいて以下に説明する。なお、図26は、前記図14に代わるものである。 [Embodiment 3]
Still another embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to FIGS. 1 to 13, 15 to 21 and FIG. FIG. 26 is a substitute for FIG.
本発明のさらに他の実施の形態を図1~図13、図15~図21および図26に基づいて以下に説明する。なお、図26は、前記図14に代わるものである。 [Embodiment 3]
Still another embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to FIGS. 1 to 13, 15 to 21 and FIG. FIG. 26 is a substitute for FIG.
本発明の実施の形態の画像形成装置5は、前記の画像形成装置1に対して下記の相違点を有する。下記の相違点以外は、実施の形態1に示した画像形成装置1と同様である。
The image forming apparatus 5 according to the embodiment of the present invention has the following differences from the image forming apparatus 1 described above. The image forming apparatus 1 is the same as the image forming apparatus 1 described in the first embodiment except for the following differences.
(画像形成動作)
転写部14においてトナー像が転写された用紙は定着部15に搬送され、定着部15においてトナー像が用紙に定着される。その後、用紙は、排紙ローラ20によって排紙トレイ16上に排出される。すなわち、排紙トレイ16は、画像形成本体装置2(画像形成装置5)の背面側から排出された印刷済の用紙を受けるようになっている。
(カートリッジ装着部およびトナーカートリッジ)
トナーカートリッジ71~74は、縦壁部82の内部の空間を利用して配置されており、縦長形状として容量を大きく、所望の容量を確保し易くなっている。これにより、トナーカートリッジ71~74を縦長形状として容量を大きくした場合であっても、画像形成本体装置2(画像形成装置5)の大型化を抑制することができ、かつトナーカートリッジ71~74の交換頻度を低減することができる。 (Image forming operation)
The sheet on which the toner image is transferred in thetransfer unit 14 is conveyed to the fixing unit 15, and the toner image is fixed on the sheet in the fixing unit 15. Thereafter, the paper is discharged onto the paper discharge tray 16 by the paper discharge roller 20. That is, the paper discharge tray 16 receives printed paper discharged from the back side of the image forming main body device 2 (image forming device 5).
(Cartridge mounting part and toner cartridge)
Thetoner cartridges 71 to 74 are arranged using the space inside the vertical wall portion 82 and have a vertically long shape to increase the capacity and make it easy to secure a desired capacity. Thus, even when the toner cartridges 71 to 74 are vertically long and have a large capacity, it is possible to suppress an increase in the size of the image forming main body apparatus 2 (image forming apparatus 5), and the toner cartridges 71 to 74 Exchange frequency can be reduced.
転写部14においてトナー像が転写された用紙は定着部15に搬送され、定着部15においてトナー像が用紙に定着される。その後、用紙は、排紙ローラ20によって排紙トレイ16上に排出される。すなわち、排紙トレイ16は、画像形成本体装置2(画像形成装置5)の背面側から排出された印刷済の用紙を受けるようになっている。
(カートリッジ装着部およびトナーカートリッジ)
トナーカートリッジ71~74は、縦壁部82の内部の空間を利用して配置されており、縦長形状として容量を大きく、所望の容量を確保し易くなっている。これにより、トナーカートリッジ71~74を縦長形状として容量を大きくした場合であっても、画像形成本体装置2(画像形成装置5)の大型化を抑制することができ、かつトナーカートリッジ71~74の交換頻度を低減することができる。 (Image forming operation)
The sheet on which the toner image is transferred in the
(Cartridge mounting part and toner cartridge)
The
(トナーカートリッジから現像装置へのトナーの補給)
トナー中間受け部材76は、図26に示す構造となっている。図26は、トナー中間受け部材76の構造を示す縦断面図である。トナー中間受け部材76は、画像形成本体装置2に固定されており、図26に示すように、内部にトナー搬送スクリュー76dを備えている。トナー中間受け部材76では、トナー取込口76aから取り込んだトナーをトナー搬送スクリュー76dによって搬送し、トナー補給口76cから、トナー取込口43a2を通じて現像装置43aに補給する。トナー搬送スクリュー76dは、画像形成本体装置2から駆動力を受けて回転する。 (Supplying toner from the toner cartridge to the developing device)
The tonerintermediate receiving member 76 has a structure shown in FIG. FIG. 26 is a longitudinal sectional view showing the structure of the toner intermediate receiving member 76. The toner intermediate receiving member 76 is fixed to the image forming main body device 2 and includes a toner conveying screw 76d therein as shown in FIG. In the toner intermediate receiving member 76, the toner taken in from the toner take-in port 76a is carried by the toner carrying screw 76d, and replenished from the toner replenishing port 76c to the developing device 43a through the toner take-in port 43a2. The toner conveying screw 76d is rotated by receiving a driving force from the image forming main body device 2.
トナー中間受け部材76は、図26に示す構造となっている。図26は、トナー中間受け部材76の構造を示す縦断面図である。トナー中間受け部材76は、画像形成本体装置2に固定されており、図26に示すように、内部にトナー搬送スクリュー76dを備えている。トナー中間受け部材76では、トナー取込口76aから取り込んだトナーをトナー搬送スクリュー76dによって搬送し、トナー補給口76cから、トナー取込口43a2を通じて現像装置43aに補給する。トナー搬送スクリュー76dは、画像形成本体装置2から駆動力を受けて回転する。 (Supplying toner from the toner cartridge to the developing device)
The toner
なお、図26において、符号85は、縦壁部82の内部に設けられているADF用支柱部であり、このADF用支柱部85は、縦壁部81の内部にも同様に設けられている。これらADF用支柱部85は、縦壁部81,82上に配置された自動原稿搬送装置3を支持するためのものである。
In FIG. 26, reference numeral 85 denotes an ADF support portion provided inside the vertical wall portion 82, and this ADF support portion 85 is also provided inside the vertical wall portion 81 in the same manner. . These ADF support portions 85 are for supporting the automatic document feeder 3 disposed on the vertical wall portions 81 and 82.
(画像形成装置の利点)
画像形成装置5では、側面開閉扉101が画像形成装置5の右面側に形成されていることから、人口割合で7割程度と言われている右利きの人(例えば、日本人で約88%、香港約90%、スウェーデン約94%、米国約70%が右利きの人の割合である。)は、トナーカートリッジ71~74および廃トナーボックス69の交換作業を利き手にて容易に行うことができる。 (Advantages of image forming apparatus)
In the image forming apparatus 5, since the side opening /closing door 101 is formed on the right side of the image forming apparatus 5, a right-handed person who is said to have a population ratio of about 70% (for example, about 88% in Japanese) Hong Kong (90%), Sweden (94%), and USA (70%) are right-handed people.) The toner cartridges 71 to 74 and the waste toner box 69 can be easily replaced by a dominant hand. it can.
画像形成装置5では、側面開閉扉101が画像形成装置5の右面側に形成されていることから、人口割合で7割程度と言われている右利きの人(例えば、日本人で約88%、香港約90%、スウェーデン約94%、米国約70%が右利きの人の割合である。)は、トナーカートリッジ71~74および廃トナーボックス69の交換作業を利き手にて容易に行うことができる。 (Advantages of image forming apparatus)
In the image forming apparatus 5, since the side opening /
また、トナーカートリッジ71~74は、縦壁部82の内部の空間を利用して配置されており、縦長形状として容量を大きく、所望の容量を確保し易くなっている。これにより、トナーカートリッジ71~74を縦長形状として容量を大きくした場合であっても、画像形成本体装置2(画像形成装置5)の大型化を抑制することができ、かつトナーカートリッジ71~74の交換頻度を低減することができる。
Further, the toner cartridges 71 to 74 are arranged using the space inside the vertical wall portion 82, and have a large capacity as a vertically long shape, so that a desired capacity can be easily secured. Thus, even when the toner cartridges 71 to 74 are vertically long and have a large capacity, it is possible to suppress an increase in the size of the image forming main body apparatus 2 (image forming apparatus 5), and the toner cartridges 71 to 74 Exchange frequency can be reduced.
また、トナーカートリッジ71~74を画像形成装置5に装着する場合に、側面開閉扉101の開放とともに、カートリッジ装着部65~68をトナーカートリッジ71~74の挿入を受け入れる位置まで回転させないので、側面開閉扉101の開放角度を小さくすることができ、これによっても狭い作業領域での作業が可能となっている。
Further, when the toner cartridges 71 to 74 are mounted on the image forming apparatus 5, the side opening / closing door 101 is opened and the cartridge mounting portions 65 to 68 are not rotated to the position where the insertion of the toner cartridges 71 to 74 is received. The opening angle of the door 101 can be reduced, and this also enables work in a narrow work area.
したがって、本実施の形態の画像形成装置5は、トナーカートリッジ71~74の容量を確保した場合であっても、装置の大型化を抑制することができる。
Therefore, the image forming apparatus 5 of the present embodiment can suppress an increase in size of the apparatus even when the capacity of the toner cartridges 71 to 74 is ensured.
〔実施の形態4〕
画像形成装置5には、他の実施の形態として、図22~図25に示した実施の形態2の画像形成装置1の構成をそのまま適用することができる。 [Embodiment 4]
As another embodiment, the configuration of theimage forming apparatus 1 of the second embodiment shown in FIGS. 22 to 25 can be applied to the image forming apparatus 5 as it is.
画像形成装置5には、他の実施の形態として、図22~図25に示した実施の形態2の画像形成装置1の構成をそのまま適用することができる。 [Embodiment 4]
As another embodiment, the configuration of the
〔実施の形態5〕
本発明のさらに他の実施の形態を図1~図7、図9および図27~図35に基づいて以下に説明する。 [Embodiment 5]
Still another embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to FIGS. 1 to 7, 9, and 27 to 35. FIG.
本発明のさらに他の実施の形態を図1~図7、図9および図27~図35に基づいて以下に説明する。 [Embodiment 5]
Still another embodiment of the present invention will be described below with reference to FIGS. 1 to 7, 9, and 27 to 35. FIG.
本発明の実施の形態の画像形成装置6は、前記の画像形成装置1に対して下記の相違点を有する。下記の相違点以外は、実施の形態1に示した画像形成装置1と同様である。
(カートリッジ装着部およびトナーカートリッジ)
図3に示すように、プロセスユニット11に対する画像形成本体装置2の右面側位置の上部には、4個のカートリッジ装着部(消耗品容器装着部)65~68が設けられ、下部には廃トナーボックス69が設けられている。カートリッジ装着部65~68は、上下方向に縦長の形状を有し、同じ高さ位置において画像形成装置6の前後方向に並んでいる。カートリッジ装着部65~68は、隣り合うもの同士がつながって一体となった構造であり、それぞれ現像装置43a~43dに対応して設けられている。 The image forming apparatus 6 according to the embodiment of the present invention has the following differences from theimage forming apparatus 1 described above. The image forming apparatus 1 is the same as the image forming apparatus 1 described in the first embodiment except for the following differences.
(Cartridge mounting part and toner cartridge)
As shown in FIG. 3, four cartridge mounting portions (consumable container mounting portions) 65 to 68 are provided in the upper part of the right side position of the image formingmain body 2 with respect to the process unit 11, and the waste toner is provided in the lower part. A box 69 is provided. The cartridge mounting portions 65 to 68 have a vertically long shape in the vertical direction, and are arranged in the front-rear direction of the image forming apparatus 6 at the same height position. The cartridge mounting portions 65 to 68 have a structure in which adjacent ones are connected and integrated, and are provided corresponding to the developing devices 43a to 43d, respectively.
(カートリッジ装着部およびトナーカートリッジ)
図3に示すように、プロセスユニット11に対する画像形成本体装置2の右面側位置の上部には、4個のカートリッジ装着部(消耗品容器装着部)65~68が設けられ、下部には廃トナーボックス69が設けられている。カートリッジ装着部65~68は、上下方向に縦長の形状を有し、同じ高さ位置において画像形成装置6の前後方向に並んでいる。カートリッジ装着部65~68は、隣り合うもの同士がつながって一体となった構造であり、それぞれ現像装置43a~43dに対応して設けられている。 The image forming apparatus 6 according to the embodiment of the present invention has the following differences from the
(Cartridge mounting part and toner cartridge)
As shown in FIG. 3, four cartridge mounting portions (consumable container mounting portions) 65 to 68 are provided in the upper part of the right side position of the image forming
カートリッジ装着部65~68には、図4および図5に示すように、それぞれトナーカートリッジ(消耗品容器)71~74が装着される。
As shown in FIGS. 4 and 5, toner cartridges (consumable containers) 71 to 74 are mounted on the cartridge mounting portions 65 to 68, respectively.
(トナーカートリッジおよびカートリッジ装着部の詳細構造)
次に、トナーカートリッジ71~74およびカートリッジ装着部65~68の構造について説明する。以下では、トナーカートリッジ71およびカートリッジ装着部65を例に説明する。図27は、図5に示したトナーカートリッジ71を簡略化して示す側面図である。図9は、トナーカートリッジ71の正面図、図28は、図3に示したカートリッジ装着部65を簡略化して示す正面図、図29は図28におけるA-A線矢視断面図である。 (Detailed structure of toner cartridge and cartridge mounting part)
Next, the structure of thetoner cartridges 71 to 74 and the cartridge mounting portions 65 to 68 will be described. Hereinafter, the toner cartridge 71 and the cartridge mounting portion 65 will be described as an example. FIG. 27 is a side view showing the toner cartridge 71 shown in FIG. 5 in a simplified manner. FIG. 9 is a front view of the toner cartridge 71, FIG. 28 is a front view schematically showing the cartridge mounting portion 65 shown in FIG. 3, and FIG. 29 is a cross-sectional view taken along line AA in FIG.
次に、トナーカートリッジ71~74およびカートリッジ装着部65~68の構造について説明する。以下では、トナーカートリッジ71およびカートリッジ装着部65を例に説明する。図27は、図5に示したトナーカートリッジ71を簡略化して示す側面図である。図9は、トナーカートリッジ71の正面図、図28は、図3に示したカートリッジ装着部65を簡略化して示す正面図、図29は図28におけるA-A線矢視断面図である。 (Detailed structure of toner cartridge and cartridge mounting part)
Next, the structure of the
図27および図9に示すように、トナーカートリッジ71は、上下方向に長い縦長形状に形成され、内部にトナーを収容するトナー収容部71aを備えている。トナー収容部71aの下端部には、トナー補給口71bが形成され、さらにこのトナー補給口71bを開閉するシャッタ71cが設けられている。トナー補給口71bが形成されている下端面は、円弧状に湾曲しており、これに対応して、シャッタ71cは円弧状に形成されている。シャッタ71cは、トナーカートリッジ71がカートリッジ装着部65に装着されていない通常状態において、ばね(図示せず)の作用により閉状態となっている。
27 and 9, the toner cartridge 71 is formed in a vertically long shape in the vertical direction, and includes a toner storage portion 71a for storing the toner therein. A toner supply port 71b is formed at the lower end of the toner storage portion 71a, and a shutter 71c that opens and closes the toner supply port 71b is provided. The lower end surface where the toner supply port 71b is formed is curved in an arc shape, and the shutter 71c is formed in an arc shape correspondingly. The shutter 71c is closed by the action of a spring (not shown) in a normal state where the toner cartridge 71 is not mounted on the cartridge mounting portion 65.
トナー収容部71aの両側面には、トナー補給口71bの上、かつトナー補給口71bの位置に近いトナーカートリッジ71の下部の位置に、嵌合凸部(第1部材)71dが設けられている。すなわち、一方の嵌合凸部71dは、画像形成本体装置2の前面方向に突出し、他方の嵌合凸部71dは、画像形成本体装置2の背面方向に突出している。
On both side surfaces of the toner accommodating portion 71a, fitting convex portions (first members) 71d are provided at positions above the toner supply port 71b and below the toner cartridge 71 near the position of the toner supply port 71b. . That is, one fitting convex portion 71 d projects in the front direction of the image forming main body device 2, and the other fitting convex portion 71 d projects in the rear direction of the image forming main body device 2.
嵌合凸部71dは、上下の面が円弧状の湾曲面71d1となり、上下の湾曲面71d1の間が両湾曲面71d1間の幅よりも狭い幅の直状部71d2となっている。
The upper and lower surfaces of the fitting convex portion 71d are arcuate curved surfaces 71d1, and the space between the upper and lower curved surfaces 71d1 is a straight portion 71d2 having a width narrower than the width between both curved surfaces 71d1.
カートリッジ装着部65は、図28および図29に示すように、画像形成本体装置2の右面に沿って垂直に配置されるカートリッジ対向部65cを有している。また、カートリッジ対向部65cの下端部付近の左右位置(画像形成本体装置2を基準とすれば前面方向位置および背面方向位置)に、凸壁部(第2部材)65aを有している。
As shown in FIGS. 28 and 29, the cartridge mounting portion 65 has a cartridge facing portion 65 c that is arranged vertically along the right surface of the image forming main body apparatus 2. In addition, a convex wall portion (second member) 65a is provided at the left and right positions near the lower end portion of the cartridge facing portion 65c (the front direction position and the back direction position with respect to the image forming main body device 2).
両凸壁部65aには、互いに対向する内面に、嵌合凹部65bが形成されている。嵌合凹部65bは、導入部が直状凹部65b2となり、その先の終端部が円形凹部65b1となっている。直状凹部65b2は、トナーカートリッジ71の嵌合凸部71dにおける直状部71d2よりも若干広い幅であり、円形凹部65b1は、トナーカートリッジ71の嵌合凸部71dにおける両湾曲面71d1の間の幅よりも若干広い径である。また、直状凹部65b2は、垂直上下方向に対して、画像形成本体装置2の右面側に傾斜している。
In both convex wall portions 65a, fitting concave portions 65b are formed on the inner surfaces facing each other. The fitting recess 65b has a straight recess 65b2 at the introduction portion and a circular recess 65b1 at the end of the fitting recess 65b. The straight concave portion 65b2 is slightly wider than the straight portion 71d2 in the fitting convex portion 71d of the toner cartridge 71, and the circular concave portion 65b1 is between the curved surfaces 71d1 in the fitting convex portion 71d of the toner cartridge 71. The diameter is slightly wider than the width. The straight recess 65b2 is inclined to the right surface side of the image forming main body device 2 with respect to the vertical vertical direction.
したがって、トナーカートリッジ71をカートリッジ装着部65に装着する場合、作業者は、まず、トナーカートリッジ71を、カートリッジ装着部65に対して、上方から斜め下方へ移動させ、嵌合凸部71dの直状部71d2を嵌合凹部65bの直状凹部65b2に挿入する。さらに、嵌合凸部71dが嵌合凹部65bの円形凹部65b1に到達するまで、トナーカートリッジ71を斜め下方へ移動させる。その後、トナーカートリッジ71をカートリッジ装着部65のカートリッジ対向部65cに当接するまで、トナーカートリッジ71を回転させる。この場合、トナーカートリッジ71の回転は、嵌合凸部71dが嵌合凹部65bの円形凹部65b1に回転可能に保持されているので、円滑に行うことができる。
Therefore, when the toner cartridge 71 is mounted on the cartridge mounting portion 65, the operator first moves the toner cartridge 71 obliquely downward from above with respect to the cartridge mounting portion 65, and the straight shape of the fitting convex portion 71d. The portion 71d2 is inserted into the straight recess 65b2 of the fitting recess 65b. Further, the toner cartridge 71 is moved obliquely downward until the fitting convex portion 71d reaches the circular concave portion 65b1 of the fitting concave portion 65b. Thereafter, the toner cartridge 71 is rotated until the toner cartridge 71 contacts the cartridge facing portion 65c of the cartridge mounting portion 65. In this case, the rotation of the toner cartridge 71 can be smoothly performed because the fitting convex portion 71d is rotatably held in the circular concave portion 65b1 of the fitting concave portion 65b.
また、トナーカートリッジ71は、図27に示すように、記憶装置201を備えている。記憶装置201は、トナーカートリッジ71におけるカートリッジ装着部65との対向面から突出した状態、すなわち凸部を有する状態に配置されている。
Further, the toner cartridge 71 includes a storage device 201 as shown in FIG. The storage device 201 is arranged in a state protruding from the surface of the toner cartridge 71 facing the cartridge mounting portion 65, that is, in a state having a convex portion.
一方、カートリッジ装着部65は、図28および図29に示すように、記憶装置201に対応して、コネクタ(接続装置)211を備えている。コネクタ211は、カートリッジ装着部65に対するトナーカートリッジ71の装着が完了した状態において記憶装置201と対向するように配置されている。また、コネクタ211は、記憶装置201が嵌合される嵌合凹部211aを有し、カートリッジ装着部65に対するトナーカートリッジ71の装着が完了した状態において、記憶装置201が嵌合凹部211aに嵌合されるようになっている(図32参照)。
On the other hand, the cartridge mounting unit 65 includes a connector (connecting device) 211 corresponding to the storage device 201 as shown in FIGS. The connector 211 is disposed so as to face the storage device 201 in a state where the mounting of the toner cartridge 71 to the cartridge mounting portion 65 is completed. Further, the connector 211 has a fitting recess 211a into which the storage device 201 is fitted, and the storage device 201 is fitted into the fitting recess 211a in a state in which the mounting of the toner cartridge 71 to the cartridge mounting portion 65 is completed. (See FIG. 32).
記憶装置201が嵌合凹部211aに嵌合された状態においては、記憶装置201の接続端子(図示せず)とコネクタ211の接続端子(図示せず)とが接続され、記憶装置201がコネクタ211に電気的に接続される。これにより、画像形成本体装置2による記憶装置201に対しての情報の読み取りおよび情報の書き換え、並びに新たな情報の書き込みが可能となる。
In a state where the storage device 201 is fitted in the fitting recess 211a, a connection terminal (not shown) of the storage device 201 and a connection terminal (not shown) of the connector 211 are connected, and the storage device 201 is connected to the connector 211. Is electrically connected. As a result, the image forming main body device 2 can read information in the storage device 201, rewrite information, and write new information.
図30は、トナーカートリッジ71~74が備える記憶装置201と画像形成装置6との電気的な接続状態を示すブロック図である。
FIG. 30 is a block diagram showing an electrical connection state between the storage device 201 provided in the toner cartridges 71 to 74 and the image forming apparatus 6.
図30に示すように、記憶装置201は、不揮発性メモリを有するICチップ202を備えている。画像形成装置6は制御装置221を備え、制御装置221には、記憶装置222および操作パネル21が接続されている。操作パネル21は表示装置223を備えている。制御装置221は、記憶装置201に対しての情報の読み取りおよび情報の書き換え、並びに新たな情報の書き込みを行う。また、制御装置221は、記憶装置201から読み取った情報、およびその他の情報を適宜操作パネル21の表示装置223に表示させる。例えば、記憶装置201から読み取った情報により、トナーカートリッジ71~74が誤装着されていると判断した場合、その旨を表示装置223に表示させる。
As shown in FIG. 30, the storage device 201 includes an IC chip 202 having a nonvolatile memory. The image forming apparatus 6 includes a control device 221, and a storage device 222 and an operation panel 21 are connected to the control device 221. The operation panel 21 includes a display device 223. The control device 221 reads information from and rewrites information to the storage device 201 and writes new information. Further, the control device 221 causes the display device 223 of the operation panel 21 to appropriately display information read from the storage device 201 and other information. For example, when it is determined from the information read from the storage device 201 that the toner cartridges 71 to 74 are erroneously mounted, the display device 223 displays that fact.
なお、記憶装置201に記憶されている情報は、その他、トナーカートリッジ71~74のトナー残量や、トナーカートリッジ71~74が再利用される場合の再利用回数等の情報である。
The information stored in the storage device 201 is other information such as the remaining amount of toner in the toner cartridges 71 to 74 and the number of reuses when the toner cartridges 71 to 74 are reused.
(トナーカートリッジから現像装置へのトナーの補給)
ここでは、トナーカートリッジ71、カートリッジ装着部65、トナー中間受け部材76および現像装置43aの場合を例に、トナーカートリッジ71から現像装置43aへトナーを補給するための構成について説明する。 (Supplying toner from the toner cartridge to the developing device)
Here, the configuration for replenishing toner from thetoner cartridge 71 to the developing device 43a will be described taking the case of the toner cartridge 71, the cartridge mounting portion 65, the toner intermediate receiving member 76, and the developing device 43a as an example.
ここでは、トナーカートリッジ71、カートリッジ装着部65、トナー中間受け部材76および現像装置43aの場合を例に、トナーカートリッジ71から現像装置43aへトナーを補給するための構成について説明する。 (Supplying toner from the toner cartridge to the developing device)
Here, the configuration for replenishing toner from the
図31は、上方から斜め下方にトナーカートリッジ71を移動させて、トナーカートリッジ71の嵌合凸部71dをカートリッジ装着部65の嵌合凹部65bに挿入した状態を示す説明図である。図32は、カートリッジ装着部65に対するトナーカートリッジ71の装着が完了した状態を示す説明図である。
FIG. 31 is an explanatory view showing a state in which the toner cartridge 71 is moved obliquely downward from above and the fitting convex portion 71d of the toner cartridge 71 is inserted into the fitting concave portion 65b of the cartridge mounting portion 65. FIG. 32 is an explanatory diagram showing a state where the mounting of the toner cartridge 71 to the cartridge mounting portion 65 is completed.
図32に示すように、トナー中間受け部材76には、トナー取込口76aが形成されている。トナー取込口76aの位置は、トナーカートリッジ71がカートリッジ装着部65に装着された状態においてトナーカートリッジ71のトナー補給口71bと対向する位置である。
As shown in FIG. 32, the toner intermediate receiving member 76 is formed with a toner intake port 76a. The position of the toner intake port 76a is a position facing the toner supply port 71b of the toner cartridge 71 in a state where the toner cartridge 71 is mounted on the cartridge mounting unit 65.
また、図31に示すように、トナーカートリッジ71のシャッタ71cには、係合凸部71eが形成され、トナー中間受け部材76には、係合凸部71eと係合する係合受部76bが形成されている。
Further, as shown in FIG. 31, the shutter 71c of the toner cartridge 71 has an engaging convex portion 71e, and the toner intermediate receiving member 76 has an engaging receiving portion 76b that engages with the engaging convex portion 71e. Is formed.
係合受部76bには、上方から斜め下方にトナーカートリッジ71を移動させて、トナーカートリッジ71の嵌合凸部71dをカートリッジ装着部65の嵌合凹部65bに挿入した状態において、係合凸部71eが係合する。
When the toner cartridge 71 is moved obliquely downward from above and the fitting convex portion 71d of the toner cartridge 71 is inserted into the fitting concave portion 65b of the cartridge mounting portion 65, the engaging convex portion 76b 71e is engaged.
この状態において、図32に示すように、トナーカートリッジ71をカートリッジ装着部65のカートリッジ対向部65cに当接するように回転させると、シャッタ71cが開き、トナー補給口71bが開放される。これにより、トナーカートリッジ71内のトナーが、トナー補給口71b、トナー中間受け部材76のトナー取込口76a、トナー中間受け部材76の内部、トナー中間受け部材76のトナー補給口76cおよびトナー取込部43a1のトナー取込口43a2を経て、現像装置43aに補給される。
In this state, as shown in FIG. 32, when the toner cartridge 71 is rotated so as to come into contact with the cartridge facing portion 65c of the cartridge mounting portion 65, the shutter 71c is opened and the toner supply port 71b is opened. As a result, the toner in the toner cartridge 71 is supplied to the toner supply port 71b, the toner intake port 76a of the toner intermediate receiving member 76, the toner intermediate receiving member 76, the toner supply port 76c of the toner intermediate receiving member 76, and the toner intake. The toner is supplied to the developing device 43a through the toner intake 43a2 of the portion 43a1.
トナー中間受け部材76は、図33に示す構造となっている。図33は、トナー中間受け部材76の構造を示す縦断面図である。トナー中間受け部材76は、画像形成本体装置2に固定されており、図33に示すように、内部にトナー搬送スクリュー76dを備えている。トナー中間受け部材76では、トナー取込口76aから取り込んだトナーをトナー搬送スクリュー76dによって搬送し、トナー補給口76cから、トナー取込口43a2を通じて現像装置43aに補給する。トナー搬送スクリュー76dは、画像形成本体装置2から駆動力を受けて回転する。
The toner intermediate receiving member 76 has a structure shown in FIG. FIG. 33 is a longitudinal sectional view showing the structure of the toner intermediate receiving member 76. The toner intermediate receiving member 76 is fixed to the image forming main body 2 and includes a toner conveying screw 76d therein as shown in FIG. In the toner intermediate receiving member 76, the toner taken in from the toner take-in port 76a is carried by the toner carrying screw 76d, and replenished from the toner replenishing port 76c to the developing device 43a through the toner take-in port 43a2. The toner conveying screw 76d is rotated by receiving a driving force from the image forming main body device 2.
(記憶装置およびコネクタの他の配置形態)
図34は、記憶装置201およびコネクタ211の他の配置形態を示す説明図である。図34に示すように、例えばトナーカートリッジ71は、トナーを収容する容器状のトナー収容部71aを有し、トナー補給口71bは、トナー収容部71aの下面に形成されている。トナー収容部71aの上面の一部には、下方への凹部71a1が形成され、この凹部71a1に記憶装置201が配置されている。 (Other arrangements of storage device and connector)
FIG. 34 is an explanatory diagram showing another arrangement form of thestorage device 201 and the connector 211. As shown in FIG. 34, for example, the toner cartridge 71 has a container-like toner containing portion 71a for containing toner, and the toner supply port 71b is formed on the lower surface of the toner containing portion 71a. A downward recess 71a1 is formed in a part of the upper surface of the toner accommodating portion 71a, and the storage device 201 is disposed in the recess 71a1.
図34は、記憶装置201およびコネクタ211の他の配置形態を示す説明図である。図34に示すように、例えばトナーカートリッジ71は、トナーを収容する容器状のトナー収容部71aを有し、トナー補給口71bは、トナー収容部71aの下面に形成されている。トナー収容部71aの上面の一部には、下方への凹部71a1が形成され、この凹部71a1に記憶装置201が配置されている。 (Other arrangements of storage device and connector)
FIG. 34 is an explanatory diagram showing another arrangement form of the
記憶装置201は、凹部71a1において、トナーカートリッジ71の嵌合凸部71dの中心を中心とした円弧上に位置するように、傾斜した状態に配置されている。これに対応して、カートリッジ装着部65において、コネクタ211は、上記円弧上に位置するように、傾斜して配置されている。記憶装置201およびコネクタ211の水平方向に対する傾斜角度θは、30°以下とするのが好ましい。
The storage device 201 is disposed in an inclined state in the recess 71a1 so as to be positioned on an arc centered on the center of the fitting protrusion 71d of the toner cartridge 71. Correspondingly, in the cartridge mounting portion 65, the connector 211 is disposed to be inclined so as to be positioned on the arc. The inclination angle θ of the storage device 201 and the connector 211 with respect to the horizontal direction is preferably 30 ° or less.
上記のように、記憶装置201およびコネクタ211を、トナーカートリッジ71の嵌合凸部71dの中心を中心とした円弧上に位置するように、傾斜させて配置した構成では、トナーカートリッジ71は嵌合凸部71dを中心に回転させてカートリッジ装着部65に装着する場合において、コネクタ211の嵌合凹部211aに対する記憶装置201の嵌合を円滑に行うことができる。
As described above, in the configuration in which the storage device 201 and the connector 211 are arranged to be inclined so as to be positioned on an arc centered on the center of the fitting convex portion 71d of the toner cartridge 71, the toner cartridge 71 is fitted. In the case where the cartridge 71 is mounted around the convex portion 71d, the storage device 201 can be smoothly fitted into the fitting recess 211a of the connector 211.
また、トナーカートリッジ71において、記憶装置201はトナー収容部71aの上面に形成された凹部71a1に配置され、コネクタ211は記憶装置201に対応する位置に配置されている。したがって、例えばトナーカートリッジ71から漏れたトナーが飛散した場合であっても、そのトナーが記憶装置201あるいはコネクタ211に付着し難くなっている。これにより、飛散トナーによる記憶装置201とコネクタ211との接触不良が生じ難く、記憶装置201と画像形成装置6とが長期に亘って安定に通信する機能をさらに高めることができる。
In the toner cartridge 71, the storage device 201 is disposed in a recess 71a1 formed on the upper surface of the toner storage portion 71a, and the connector 211 is disposed at a position corresponding to the storage device 201. Therefore, for example, even when the toner leaked from the toner cartridge 71 is scattered, the toner hardly adheres to the storage device 201 or the connector 211. As a result, poor contact between the storage device 201 and the connector 211 due to scattered toner is unlikely to occur, and the function of stably communicating the storage device 201 and the image forming apparatus 6 over a long period of time can be further enhanced.
また、トナーカートリッジ71を回転させて装着完了位置に配置する場合、記憶装置201はトナー収容部71aの上に設けられているので、記憶装置201の回転半径は、トナーカートリッジ71の最大回転半径あるいはそれに近い回転半径となる。これにより、記憶装置201とコネクタ211の嵌合凹部211aとの嵌合を円滑に行うことができる。
Further, when the toner cartridge 71 is rotated and disposed at the mounting completion position, the storage device 201 is provided on the toner storage portion 71a, so the rotation radius of the storage device 201 is the maximum rotation radius of the toner cartridge 71 or The turning radius is close to that. Thereby, fitting with the memory | storage device 201 and the fitting recessed part 211a of the connector 211 can be performed smoothly.
(側面開閉扉)
図15に基づき、実施の形態1において説明したとおりである。 (Side open / close door)
As described in the first embodiment based on FIG.
図15に基づき、実施の形態1において説明したとおりである。 (Side open / close door)
As described in the first embodiment based on FIG.
(開放角度調整機構部)
図16および図17に基づき、実施の形態1において説明したとおりである。
(トナーカートリッジの交換作業)
トナーカートリッジ71~74を交換する場合、作業者は、画像形成装置6の前面側位置において、画像形成装置6の右面に手を伸ばし、側面開閉扉101の取手101aを引いて側面開閉扉101を第1開放位置101a1(図15、図16の(a)、図17の(a))まで開放する。この場合の動作は、実施の形態1において説明したとおりである。 (Opening angle adjustment mechanism)
As described in the first embodiment based on FIGS. 16 and 17.
(Toner cartridge replacement work)
When exchanging thetoner cartridges 71 to 74, the operator reaches for the right side of the image forming apparatus 6 at the position on the front side of the image forming apparatus 6, pulls the handle 101 a of the side opening / closing door 101, and opens the side opening / closing door 101. The first opening position 101a1 is opened (FIG. 15, FIG. 16 (a), FIG. 17 (a)). The operation in this case is as described in the first embodiment.
図16および図17に基づき、実施の形態1において説明したとおりである。
(トナーカートリッジの交換作業)
トナーカートリッジ71~74を交換する場合、作業者は、画像形成装置6の前面側位置において、画像形成装置6の右面に手を伸ばし、側面開閉扉101の取手101aを引いて側面開閉扉101を第1開放位置101a1(図15、図16の(a)、図17の(a))まで開放する。この場合の動作は、実施の形態1において説明したとおりである。 (Opening angle adjustment mechanism)
As described in the first embodiment based on FIGS. 16 and 17.
(Toner cartridge replacement work)
When exchanging the
次に、作業者は、側面開閉扉101を第1開放位置101a1に開放した状態において、右手により、トナーカートリッジ71~74のうち、交換すべきものを交換する。
Next, in a state where the side opening / closing door 101 is opened to the first opening position 101a1, the operator replaces the toner cartridges 71 to 74 to be replaced with the right hand.
例えば、トナーカートリッジ71を交換する場合、作業者は、図32に示したように、トナーカートリッジ71がカートリッジ装着部65に装着されている位置(装着完了状態)から、図31に示したように、トナーカートリッジ71のトナー補給口71bがシャッタ71cによって閉じられる位置まで、嵌合凸部71dを中心としてトナーカートリッジ71を右方向(時計回り)に回転させる。図32に示した位置から図31に示した位置までのトナーカートリッジ71の回転角度は、例えば30°である。
For example, when the toner cartridge 71 is replaced, as shown in FIG. 31, the operator starts from the position where the toner cartridge 71 is mounted on the cartridge mounting portion 65 (installation completed state) as illustrated in FIG. Then, the toner cartridge 71 is rotated clockwise (clockwise) around the fitting convex portion 71d until the toner supply port 71b of the toner cartridge 71 is closed by the shutter 71c. The rotation angle of the toner cartridge 71 from the position shown in FIG. 32 to the position shown in FIG. 31 is, for example, 30 °.
図31に示した状態では、トナーカートリッジ71の記憶装置201がカートリッジ装着部65のコネクタ211にける嵌合凹部211aから抜脱され、記憶装置201の接続端子とコネクタ211の接続端子との接続が遮断される。これにより、記憶装置201とコネクタ211との通信はできなくなる。
In the state shown in FIG. 31, the storage device 201 of the toner cartridge 71 is removed from the fitting recess 211 a in the connector 211 of the cartridge mounting portion 65, and the connection terminal of the storage device 201 and the connection terminal of the connector 211 are connected. Blocked. As a result, communication between the storage device 201 and the connector 211 cannot be performed.
また、トナーカートリッジ71の嵌合凸部71dにおける直状部71d2は、カートリッジ装着部65の嵌合凹部65bにおける直状凹部65b2と平行になる。そこで、作業者は、トナーカートリッジ71を図31に示した角度の状態にて、斜め上方に移動させる。これにより、トナーカートリッジ71の嵌合凸部71dがカートリッジ装着部65の嵌合凹部65bから抜脱される。なお、この場合には、トナーカートリッジ71のシャッタ71cにおける係合凸部71eと、現像装置43aのトナー取込部43a1における係合受部76bとの係合が解除される。したがって、シャッタ71cが閉じられ、トナー補給口71bが塞がれた状態にて、トナーカートリッジ71を画像形成本体装置2から抜き出すことができる。
Further, the straight part 71 d 2 in the fitting convex part 71 d of the toner cartridge 71 is parallel to the straight concave part 65 b 2 in the fitting concave part 65 b of the cartridge mounting part 65. Therefore, the operator moves the toner cartridge 71 obliquely upward in the state of the angle shown in FIG. As a result, the fitting convex portion 71 d of the toner cartridge 71 is removed from the fitting concave portion 65 b of the cartridge mounting portion 65. In this case, the engagement between the engagement convex portion 71e in the shutter 71c of the toner cartridge 71 and the engagement receiving portion 76b in the toner intake portion 43a1 of the developing device 43a is released. Accordingly, the toner cartridge 71 can be extracted from the image forming main body device 2 with the shutter 71c closed and the toner supply port 71b closed.
一方、新しいトナーカートリッジ71を装着する場合、作業者は、トナーカートリッジ71を抜き出す場合の上記の動作と逆の動作を行い、トナーカートリッジ71を図32に示した装着完了状態とすればよい。
On the other hand, when a new toner cartridge 71 is mounted, the operator may perform the operation opposite to the above-described operation for removing the toner cartridge 71 to bring the toner cartridge 71 into the mounting completion state shown in FIG.
この状態では、トナーカートリッジ71の記憶装置201がカートリッジ装着部65のコネクタ211にける嵌合凹部211aに嵌合され、記憶装置201の接続端子とコネクタ211の接続端子とが接続される。これにより、記憶装置201とコネクタ211との通信が可能になる。
In this state, the storage device 201 of the toner cartridge 71 is fitted into the fitting recess 211a in the connector 211 of the cartridge mounting portion 65, and the connection terminal of the storage device 201 and the connection terminal of the connector 211 are connected. As a result, communication between the storage device 201 and the connector 211 becomes possible.
また、シャッタ71cが開き、トナーカートリッジ71内のトナーをトナー補給口71bおよびトナー取込部43a1のトナー取込口43a2を通じて、現像装置43aに補給可能となる。
Further, the shutter 71c is opened, and the toner in the toner cartridge 71 can be supplied to the developing device 43a through the toner supply port 71b and the toner intake port 43a2 of the toner intake part 43a1.
(廃トナーボックスの交換作業)
図15~図17に基づき、実施の形態1において説明したとおりである。 (Waste toner box replacement work)
This is as described in the first embodiment based on FIGS.
図15~図17に基づき、実施の形態1において説明したとおりである。 (Waste toner box replacement work)
This is as described in the first embodiment based on FIGS.
(プロセスユニットの交換作業)
図15~図17に基づき、実施の形態1において説明したとおりである。なお、この作業は、画像形成本体装置2を持ち上げて水平に90度回転させて行ってもよい。 (Process unit replacement work)
This is as described in the first embodiment based on FIGS. This operation may be performed by lifting the image formingmain body device 2 and rotating it 90 degrees horizontally.
図15~図17に基づき、実施の形態1において説明したとおりである。なお、この作業は、画像形成本体装置2を持ち上げて水平に90度回転させて行ってもよい。 (Process unit replacement work)
This is as described in the first embodiment based on FIGS. This operation may be performed by lifting the image forming
(画像形成装置の利点)
実施の形態1において説明したとおりである。さらに、以下の利点がある。 (Advantages of image forming apparatus)
This is as described in the first embodiment. Furthermore, there are the following advantages.
実施の形態1において説明したとおりである。さらに、以下の利点がある。 (Advantages of image forming apparatus)
This is as described in the first embodiment. Furthermore, there are the following advantages.
側面開閉扉101を狭い開放角度の位置(第1開放位置101a1)に開放した状態にて、トナーカートリッジ71~74を頻繁に交換する場合であっても、カートリッジ装着部65~68すなわち画像形成本体装置2に対するトナーカートリッジ71~74の装着精度(位置決め精度)の低下を長期に亘って防止することができる。この結果、トナーカートリッジ71~74が備える記憶装置201と画像形成装置6との安定した通信状態を長期に亘って維持することができる。また、位置決めピンやその位置決めピンが挿入される位置決め凹部といった特別な、あるいは専用の位置決め機構が不要となっている。
Even when the toner cartridges 71 to 74 are frequently replaced in a state where the side opening / closing door 101 is opened to a narrow opening angle position (first opening position 101a1), the cartridge mounting portions 65 to 68, that is, the image forming main body. A decrease in the mounting accuracy (positioning accuracy) of the toner cartridges 71 to 74 with respect to the apparatus 2 can be prevented over a long period of time. As a result, a stable communication state between the storage device 201 provided in the toner cartridges 71 to 74 and the image forming apparatus 6 can be maintained over a long period of time. Further, a special or dedicated positioning mechanism such as a positioning pin and a positioning recess into which the positioning pin is inserted is not necessary.
(側面開閉扉の他の例)
図21に基づき、実施の形態1において説明したとおりである。 (Other examples of side doors)
As described in the first embodiment based on FIG.
図21に基づき、実施の形態1において説明したとおりである。 (Other examples of side doors)
As described in the first embodiment based on FIG.
〔実施の形態6〕
画像形成装置6には、他の実施の形態として、図22~図25に基づき、実施の形態2に示した画像形成装置1の構成をそのまま適用することができる。 [Embodiment 6]
As another embodiment, the configuration of theimage forming apparatus 1 shown in the second embodiment can be applied to the image forming apparatus 6 as it is based on FIGS.
画像形成装置6には、他の実施の形態として、図22~図25に基づき、実施の形態2に示した画像形成装置1の構成をそのまま適用することができる。 [Embodiment 6]
As another embodiment, the configuration of the
また、トナーカートリッジ71~74と画像形成装置6との通信は、接続端子の接続によらず、無線により行われるものであってもよい。図35は、トナーカートリッジ71に配置された記憶装置231が画像形成装置6と無線により通信する場合の構成を示す説明図である。
Further, communication between the toner cartridges 71 to 74 and the image forming apparatus 6 may be performed wirelessly regardless of the connection of the connection terminals. FIG. 35 is an explanatory diagram showing a configuration when the storage device 231 arranged in the toner cartridge 71 communicates with the image forming apparatus 6 wirelessly.
図35に示す例では、記憶装置231はトナーカートリッジ71におけるカートリッジ装着部65との対向面に配置されている。一方、読取/書込装置(接続装置)241は、カートリッジ装着部65へのトナーカートリッジ71の装着完了状態において、カートリッジ装着部65における記憶装置231との対向位置に配置されている。読取/書込装置241は、前記コネクタ211に代わるものであり、記憶装置231と非接触の状態にて記憶装置231と通信する。
In the example shown in FIG. 35, the storage device 231 is disposed on the surface of the toner cartridge 71 facing the cartridge mounting portion 65. On the other hand, the reading / writing device (connection device) 241 is disposed at a position facing the storage device 231 in the cartridge mounting unit 65 in a state where the toner cartridge 71 is completely mounted in the cartridge mounting unit 65. The reading / writing device 241 replaces the connector 211 and communicates with the storage device 231 in a non-contact state with the storage device 231.
すなわち、記憶装置231と読取/書込装置241とは例えば電波により通信し、読取/書込装置241は、記憶装置231に対する情報の読み取り、書き換え、および書き込みを行う。記憶装置231は、例えば、不揮発性メモリを有する非接触ICタグであり、Tag-it(テキサスインスツリメント製)や、μ-Cip(日立製)を用いることができる。
That is, the storage device 231 and the reading / writing device 241 communicate with each other by radio waves, for example, and the reading / writing device 241 reads, rewrites, and writes information in the storage device 231. The storage device 231 is, for example, a non-contact IC tag having a nonvolatile memory, and Tag-it (manufactured by Texas Instruments) or μ-Cip (manufactured by Hitachi) can be used.
これにより、トナーカートリッジ71(トナーカートリッジ71~74)と画像形成装置6とは、トナーカートリッジ71がカートリッジ装着部65に装着された状態において、図32および図34に示した構成と同様に、通信することができる。
As a result, the toner cartridge 71 (toner cartridges 71 to 74) and the image forming apparatus 6 communicate with each other in the same manner as in the configuration shown in FIGS. 32 and 34 in a state where the toner cartridge 71 is mounted on the cartridge mounting portion 65. can do.
なお、図35には、記憶装置231および読取/書込装置241が図32に示した記憶装置201およびコネクタ211の配置位置に対応する配置位置となっている場合を示した。しかしながら、記憶装置231および読取/書込装置241は、図34に示した記憶装置201およびコネクタ211の配置位置に対応する配置位置に配置されていてもよい。
FIG. 35 shows a case where the storage device 231 and the reading / writing device 241 are arranged at positions corresponding to the arrangement positions of the storage device 201 and the connector 211 shown in FIG. However, the storage device 231 and the reading / writing device 241 may be arranged at an arrangement position corresponding to the arrangement position of the storage device 201 and the connector 211 shown in FIG.
また、記憶装置231を、図34に示したように、トナーカートリッジ71におけるトナー収容部71aの上に配置した構成は、飛散トナーが特に付着し難くなる。したがって、このような構成は、記憶装置231と読取/書込装置241とが無線電波のUHF帯域を使用して通信し、トナーが磁性トナーである場合において、磁性トナーによる通信妨害が生じ難く、特に有効である。
Further, as shown in FIG. 34, the configuration in which the storage device 231 is disposed on the toner accommodating portion 71a of the toner cartridge 71 makes it difficult for scattered toner to adhere particularly. Therefore, in such a configuration, when the storage device 231 and the reading / writing device 241 communicate using the UHF band of wireless radio waves and the toner is magnetic toner, communication interference due to magnetic toner hardly occurs. It is particularly effective.
また、本実施の形態においても、側面開閉扉101を狭い開放角度の位置(第1開放位置101a1)に開放した状態にて、トナーカートリッジ71~74を頻繁に交換する場合であっても、カートリッジ装着部65~68すなわち画像形成本体装置2に対するトナーカートリッジ71~74の装着精度(位置決め精度)の低下を長期に亘って防止することができる。この結果、トナーカートリッジ71~74が備える記憶装置201と画像形成装置6との安定した通信状態を長期に亘って維持することができる。
Also in the present embodiment, even when the toner cartridges 71 to 74 are frequently replaced with the side opening / closing door 101 opened to a narrow opening angle position (first opening position 101a1), the cartridge It is possible to prevent a decrease in mounting accuracy (positioning accuracy) of the toner cartridges 71 to 74 with respect to the mounting portions 65 to 68, that is, the image forming main body device 2, over a long period of time. As a result, a stable communication state between the storage device 201 provided in the toner cartridges 71 to 74 and the image forming apparatus 6 can be maintained over a long period of time.
以上のように、本発明の画像形成装置は、画像形成装置の左または右のいずれか一方の側面の側に着脱可能に装着されるトナーカートリッジと、現像装置と感光体とを有し、前記一方の側面の側から画像形成装置に対して着脱されるプロセスユニットと、画像形成装置の筐体における前記一方の側面に開閉可能に形成され、開放角度が複数段階に設定され、前記トナーカートリッジを着脱可能な鋭角の開放角度の小開放位置、および前記プロセスユニットを着脱可能であり、前記小開放位置よりも大きい開放角度の大開放位置に開放可能な側面開閉扉を備えている構成である。
As described above, the image forming apparatus of the present invention includes the toner cartridge that is detachably mounted on either the left side or the right side of the image forming apparatus, the developing device, and the photosensitive member. A process unit that is detachably attached to the image forming apparatus from one side surface, and is formed to be openable and closable on the one side surface of the housing of the image forming apparatus. A side opening / closing door is provided that can be attached to and detached from a small opening position with an acute opening angle and the process unit can be attached and detached and can be opened to a large opening position with an opening angle larger than the small opening position.
上記の構成によれば、トナーカートリッジの交換は、側面開閉扉を鋭角の開放角度の小開放位置に開放して行われ、プロセスユニットの交換は、側面開閉扉を小開放位置よりも大きい開放角度の大開放位置に開放して行われる。
According to the above configuration, the toner cartridge is replaced with the side opening / closing door opened to a small opening position with an acute opening angle, and the process unit is replaced with an opening angle larger than the small opening position. Opened to the large open position.
したがって、トナーカートリッジおよびプロセスユニットの交換作業は、同一の側面開閉扉を開放して行うことができるので、これら作業を容易に行うことができる。その上、画像形成装置に必要な開閉扉の数を少なくすることができるので、画像形成装置の構造を簡素化することができる。
Therefore, since the toner cartridge and the process unit can be exchanged with the same side opening door opened, these operations can be easily performed. In addition, since the number of doors required for the image forming apparatus can be reduced, the structure of the image forming apparatus can be simplified.
また、トナーカートリッジの交換作業は、側面開閉扉を狭い角度(鋭角)の小開放位置に開放した状態にて行うことができるので、画像形成装置の側方に、側面開閉扉を小開放位置に開放できる比較的小さいスペースを確保できれば、可能となる。
Further, since the toner cartridge can be replaced with the side opening / closing door opened to a narrow (acute angle) small opening position, the side opening door is set to the small opening position on the side of the image forming apparatus. This is possible if a relatively small space that can be opened is secured.
これにより、画像形成装置の側面開閉扉を有する一方の側面の側に書類ファイル等の配置物が存在する場合であっても、画像形成装置あるいは画像形成装置の周りの配置物を移動させることなく、トナーカートリッジの交換作業を行うことができる。また、トナーカートリッジの交換頻度は、プロセスユニットの交換頻度に対して格段に多くなっている。これにより、スモールオフィスやホームオフィスなど、画像形成装置の設置スペースが制限され易い環境下であっても、交換頻度の高いトナーカートリッジの交換作業を容易に行うことができる。
Thus, even when an arrangement such as a document file exists on one side of the image forming apparatus having the side opening / closing door, the image forming apparatus or the arrangement around the image forming apparatus is not moved. The toner cartridge can be replaced. Further, the replacement frequency of the toner cartridge is much higher than the replacement frequency of the process unit. Thereby, even in an environment where the installation space of the image forming apparatus is easily limited such as a small office or a home office, it is possible to easily replace the toner cartridge with a high replacement frequency.
上記の画像形成装置は、前記一方の側面の側における前記トナーカートリッジの下に着脱可能に装着され、回収された廃棄用トナーを収容する廃トナーボックスを備え、前記大開放位置において前記廃トナーボックスが着脱可能である構成としてもよい。
The image forming apparatus includes a waste toner box that is detachably mounted under the toner cartridge on the side of the one side and that stores the collected waste toner, and the waste toner box at the large open position. It is good also as a structure which can be attached or detached.
上記の構成によれば、トナーカートリッジの交換は、側面開閉扉を鋭角の開放角度の小開放位置に開放して行われ、廃トナーボックス、廃トナーボックスおよびプロセスユニットの交換は、側面開閉扉を小開放位置よりも大きい開放角度の大開放位置に開放して行われる。
According to the above configuration, the replacement of the toner cartridge is performed by opening the side opening / closing door to a small opening position with an acute opening angle, and the replacement of the waste toner box, the waste toner box, and the process unit is performed using the side opening / closing door. It is performed by opening to a large opening position with an opening angle larger than the small opening position.
したがって、トナーカートリッジ、廃トナーボックスおよびプロセスユニットの交換作業は、同一の側面開閉扉を開放して行うことができるので、これら作業を容易に行うことができる。その上、画像形成装置に必要な開閉扉の数を少なくすることができるので、画像形成装置の構造を簡素化することができる。
Therefore, the replacement operation of the toner cartridge, the waste toner box, and the process unit can be performed by opening the same side opening / closing door, so that these operations can be easily performed. In addition, since the number of doors required for the image forming apparatus can be reduced, the structure of the image forming apparatus can be simplified.
上記の画像形成装置は、前記一方の側面の側における前記トナーカートリッジの下に着脱可能に装着され、回収された廃棄用トナーを収容する廃トナーボックスを備え、前記側面開閉扉は、開放角度が前記小開放位置よりも大きく、かつ大開放位置よりも小さい中開放位置に開放可能であり、前記中開放位置において前記廃トナーボックスが着脱可能である構成としてもよい。
The image forming apparatus includes a waste toner box that is detachably mounted under the toner cartridge on the side of the one side, and that stores the collected waste toner. The side opening door has an opening angle. The waste toner box may be configured to be openable to a middle opening position that is larger than the small opening position and smaller than the large opening position, and the waste toner box is detachable at the middle opening position.
上記の構成によれば、トナーカートリッジの交換は、側面開閉扉を鋭角の開放角度の小開放位置に開放して行われ、廃トナーボックスの交換は、側面開閉扉を開放角度が小開放位置よりも大きく、かつ大開放位置よりも小さい中開放位置に開放して行われ、プロセスユニットの交換は、側面開閉扉を大開放位置に開放して行われる。
According to the above configuration, the toner cartridge is replaced by opening the side opening / closing door to a small opening position with an acute opening angle, and the waste toner box is replaced by changing the side opening / closing door from the small opening position. The process unit is exchanged by opening the side opening / closing door to the large open position.
したがって、トナーカートリッジ、廃トナーボックスおよびプロセスユニットの交換作業は、同一の側面開閉扉を開放して行うことができるので、これら作業を容易に行うことができる。その上、画像形成装置に必要な開閉扉の数を少なくすることができるので、画像形成装置の構造を簡素化することができる。
Therefore, the replacement operation of the toner cartridge, the waste toner box, and the process unit can be performed by opening the same side opening / closing door, so that these operations can be easily performed. In addition, since the number of doors required for the image forming apparatus can be reduced, the structure of the image forming apparatus can be simplified.
また、廃トナーボックスの交換頻度は、トナーカートリッジの交換頻度よりも少ないものの、プロセスユニットの交換頻度よりも多い。このような廃トナーボックスの交換は、側面開閉扉を開放角度が小開放位置よりも大きく、かつ大開放位置よりも小さい中開放位置に開放して行うことができる。これにより、廃トナーボックスの交換は、画像形成装置の側方の作業スペースを抑制しながら行うことができる。
Also, the replacement frequency of the waste toner box is lower than the replacement frequency of the toner cartridge, but is higher than the replacement frequency of the process unit. Such replacement of the waste toner box can be performed by opening the side opening / closing door to the middle opening position where the opening angle is larger than the small opening position and smaller than the large opening position. Thereby, the replacement of the waste toner box can be performed while suppressing the working space on the side of the image forming apparatus.
上記の画像形成装置において、前記側面開閉扉は、下部を中心として上下方向に回転することにより開閉可能であり、前記トナーカートリッジは、前記側面開閉扉が小開放位置に開放された状態において、前記一方の側面に対して上方から斜め下方に移動させた後、下部を中心として起立する方向に回転させることにより装着され、これとは逆の動作によって抜脱される構成としてもよい。
In the above-described image forming apparatus, the side opening / closing door can be opened / closed by rotating in the vertical direction around the lower portion, and the toner cartridge can be opened in the state where the side opening / closing door is opened to a small opening position. A configuration may be adopted in which mounting is performed by moving in an oblique direction downward from the upper side with respect to one side surface, and then rotating in a direction to stand up with the lower portion as the center, and being removed by an operation opposite to this.
上記の構成によれば、トナーカートリッジは、側面開閉扉が小開放位置に開放された状態において、画像形成装置の一方の側面に対して上方から斜め下方に移動させた後、下部を中心として起立する方向に回転させることにより装着され、これとは逆の動作によって抜脱される。
According to the above configuration, the toner cartridge stands up around the lower part after being moved obliquely downward from the upper side with respect to one side surface of the image forming apparatus in a state where the side opening / closing door is opened to the small opening position. It is attached by rotating it in the direction to be removed, and is pulled out by the reverse operation.
これにより、側面開閉扉が鋭角の開放角度の小開放位置に開放された状態において、トナーカートリッジを画像形成装置に対して適切に着脱することができる。
Thereby, the toner cartridge can be appropriately attached to and detached from the image forming apparatus in a state where the side opening / closing door is opened to a small opening position with an acute opening angle.
上記の画像形成装置において、前記側面開閉扉は、上下に配置された扉上部と扉下部とを備え、前記扉上部と前記扉下部とは前記扉上部が下部を中心として上下方向に回転可能となるように連結部材にて連結され、前記扉下部は、下部を中心として上下方向に回転することにより開閉可能であり、前記小開放位置への側面開閉扉の開放は、前記扉上部を前記扉下部に対して開放した状態であり、前記大開放位置への側面開閉扉の開放は、前記扉上部および前記扉下部を開放した状態である構成としてもよい。
In the above-described image forming apparatus, the side opening / closing door includes a door upper portion and a door lower portion arranged vertically, and the door upper portion and the door lower portion are configured such that the door upper portion is rotatable up and down around the lower portion. The door lower part can be opened and closed by rotating in the vertical direction around the lower part, and the side opening door can be opened to the small opening position by opening the door upper part to the door. It is a state opened to the lower part, and the side opening door may be opened to the large opening position in a state where the door upper part and the door lower part are opened.
上記の構成によれば、小開放位置への側面開閉扉の開放は、扉上部を扉下部に対して開放した状態であり、大開放位置への側面開閉扉の開放は、扉上部および扉下部を開放した状態である。したがって、小開放位置に開放した場合における側面開閉扉の回転領域を小さくすることができ、トナーカートリッジを着脱する場合に必要な画像形成装置の側方の作業スペースをさらに小さくすることができる。
According to the above configuration, the opening of the side opening / closing door to the small opening position is a state in which the upper part of the door is open to the lower part of the door, and the opening of the side opening / closing door to the large opening position is performed by the upper part of the door and the lower part of the door. Is open. Accordingly, the rotation area of the side opening / closing door can be reduced when opened to the small opening position, and the working space on the side of the image forming apparatus required when the toner cartridge is attached / detached can be further reduced.
また、本発明の画像形成装置は、画像形成装置の上面に形成され、画像形成装置の背面側から排出された用紙を受ける排紙トレイと、前記排紙トレイの左または右の少なくとも一方の位置に、前記排紙トレイに沿って形成され、上面の高さが前記排紙トレイの上面の高さよりも高くなっている縦壁部と、画像形成装置の左または右のいずれか一方の側面の側に着脱可能に装着され、装着完了位置において、少なくとも上部が前記縦壁部の内部に配置されるトナーカートリッジと、前記トナーカートリッジの下方位置に着脱可能に装着され、回収された廃棄用トナーを収容する廃トナーボックスと、画像形成装置の筐体の前記一方の側面における前記縦壁部の側面を含む領域に開閉可能に形成され、開状態において、前記トナーカートリッジおよび前記廃トナーボックスの着脱を可能にする側面開閉扉とを備えている構成である。
The image forming apparatus of the present invention has a paper discharge tray that is formed on the upper surface of the image forming apparatus and receives paper discharged from the back side of the image forming apparatus, and at least one position on the left or right of the paper discharge tray. And a vertical wall portion formed along the paper discharge tray and having a top surface height higher than a height of the top surface of the paper discharge tray, and a left or right side surface of the image forming apparatus. A toner cartridge that is detachably mounted on the side, and at a mounting completion position, at least an upper portion is disposed inside the vertical wall portion; and a waste toner that is detachably mounted and recovered at a position below the toner cartridge. A waste toner box to be accommodated and formed to be openable and closable in an area including a side surface of the vertical wall portion on the one side surface of the housing of the image forming apparatus. A Configurations for a side door that allows attachment and detachment of the pre said waste toner box.
上記の構成によれば、縦壁部は、排紙トレイの左または右の少なくとも一方の位置に、排紙トレイに沿って形成され、上面の高さが排紙トレイの上面の高さよりも高くなっていることにより、排紙トレイ上に排出された用紙を排紙トレイ上に保持する。トナーカートリッジは、画像形成装置の左または右のいずれか一方の側面の側に着脱可能に装着され、装着完了位置において、少なくとも上部が縦壁部の内部に配置される。
According to the above configuration, the vertical wall portion is formed along the discharge tray at at least one of the left and right positions of the discharge tray, and the height of the upper surface is higher than the height of the upper surface of the discharge tray. Thus, the sheet discharged onto the sheet discharge tray is held on the sheet discharge tray. The toner cartridge is detachably mounted on either the left or right side surface of the image forming apparatus, and at least the upper portion is disposed inside the vertical wall portion at the mounting completion position.
したがって、トナーカートリッジは、縦壁部の内部の空間を利用して配置することができ、かつ例えば縦長形状として容量を大きくできる。これにより、トナーカートリッジを縦長形状として容量を大きくした場合であっても、画像形成装置の大型化を抑制することができ、かつトナーカートリッジの交換頻度を低減することができる。
Therefore, the toner cartridge can be arranged by utilizing the space inside the vertical wall portion, and the capacity can be increased, for example, as a vertically long shape. As a result, even when the toner cartridge is vertically long and has a large capacity, the image forming apparatus can be prevented from being enlarged, and the replacement frequency of the toner cartridge can be reduced.
また、トナーカートリッジおよび廃トナーボックスの交換作業は、画像形成装置の筐体における一方の側面に形成された側面開閉扉を開状態として行われる。
Also, the replacement operation of the toner cartridge and the waste toner box is performed with the side opening / closing door formed on one side of the housing of the image forming apparatus opened.
したがって、トナーカートリッジおよび廃トナーボックスの交換作業は、同一の側面開閉扉を開放して行うことができるので、これら作業を容易に行うことができる。その上、画像形成装置に必要な開閉扉の数を少なくすることができるので、画像形成装置の構造を簡素化することができる。
Therefore, the replacement operation of the toner cartridge and the waste toner box can be performed by opening the same side opening / closing door, so that these operations can be easily performed. In addition, since the number of doors required for the image forming apparatus can be reduced, the structure of the image forming apparatus can be simplified.
上記の画像形成装置において、前記側面開閉扉は、開放角度が複数段階に設定され、前記トナーカートリッジを着脱可能な鋭角の開放角度の第1開放位置、および前記廃トナーボックスを着脱可能であり、前記第1開放位置よりも大きい開放角度の第2開放位置に開放可能である構成としてもよい。
In the above image forming apparatus, the side opening / closing door has an opening angle set in a plurality of stages, an acute opening angle at which the toner cartridge can be attached and detached, and the waste toner box can be attached and detached. It is good also as a structure which can be open | released to the 2nd open position of an open angle larger than the said 1st open position.
上記の構成によれば、トナーカートリッジの交換作業は、鋭角の開放角度の第1開放位置に開放した状態にて行うことができる。したがって、画像形成装置の側方に、側面開閉扉を第1開放位置に開放できる比較的小さいスペースを確保できれば、可能となる。
According to the above configuration, the replacement operation of the toner cartridge can be performed in a state where the toner cartridge is opened to the first opening position having an acute opening angle. Therefore, it is possible if a relatively small space can be secured on the side of the image forming apparatus so that the side opening / closing door can be opened to the first opening position.
これにより、画像形成装置の側面開閉扉を有する一方の側面の側に書類ファイル等の配置物が存在する場合であっても、画像形成装置あるいは画像形成装置の周りの配置物を移動させることなく、トナーカートリッジの交換作業を行うことができる。また、トナーカートリッジの交換頻度は、廃トナーボックスの交換頻度に対して格段に多くなっている。したがって、スモールオフィスやホームオフィスなど、画像形成装置の設置スペースが制限され易い環境下であっても、交換頻度の高いトナーカートリッジの交換作業を容易に行うことができる。
Thus, even when an arrangement such as a document file exists on one side of the image forming apparatus having the side opening / closing door, the image forming apparatus or the arrangement around the image forming apparatus is not moved. The toner cartridge can be replaced. Further, the replacement frequency of the toner cartridge is much higher than the replacement frequency of the waste toner box. Therefore, even in an environment where the installation space of the image forming apparatus is likely to be limited such as a small office or a home office, it is possible to easily replace the toner cartridge with a high replacement frequency.
上記の画像形成装置において、前記側面開閉扉は、下部を中心として上下方向に回転することにより開閉可能であり、前記トナーカートリッジは、前記側面開閉扉が第1開放位置に開放された状態において、前記一方の側面に対して上方から斜め下方に移動させた後、下部を中心として、起立する方向に回転させることにより装着され、これとは逆の動作によって抜脱される構成としてもよい。
In the image forming apparatus, the side opening / closing door can be opened / closed by rotating in a vertical direction around a lower portion, and the toner cartridge is in a state where the side opening / closing door is opened to the first opening position. After moving from the upper side to the lower side obliquely with respect to the one side surface, it may be mounted by rotating in a standing direction with the lower part as the center, and may be pulled out by the reverse operation.
上記の構成によれば、トナーカートリッジは、側面開閉扉が第1開放位置に開放された状態において、画像形成装置の一方の側面に対して上方から斜め下方に移動させた後、下部を中心として起立する方向に回転させることにより装着され、これとは逆の動作によって抜脱される。
According to the above configuration, the toner cartridge is moved from the upper side to the lower side with respect to the one side surface of the image forming apparatus in a state where the side opening / closing door is opened to the first open position, and then the lower side is the center. It is mounted by rotating it in a standing direction, and is pulled out by a reverse operation.
これにより、側面開閉扉が鋭角の開放角度の第1開放位置に開放された状態において、トナーカートリッジを画像形成装置に対して適切に着脱することができる。
Thereby, the toner cartridge can be appropriately attached to and detached from the image forming apparatus in a state where the side opening / closing door is opened to the first opening position of the acute opening angle.
上記の画像形成装置は、前記トナーカートリッジが装着されるトナーカートリッジ装着部を備え、前記トナーカートリッジは、下部に第1部材を備え、前記トナーカートリッジ装着部は、前記トナーカートリッジの前記下部に対応する位置に、前記第1部材と嵌合し、かつ前記下部を中心として、前記トナーカートリッジを前記カートリッジ装着部に対しての装着完了位置およびその逆方向へ回転可能に保持する第2部材を備えている構成としてもよい。
The image forming apparatus includes a toner cartridge mounting portion to which the toner cartridge is mounted. The toner cartridge includes a first member at a lower portion, and the toner cartridge mounting portion corresponds to the lower portion of the toner cartridge. A second member that fits with the first member at a position and holds the toner cartridge so that the toner cartridge is rotatably mounted in the cartridge mounting portion and in the opposite direction around the lower portion; It is good also as composition which has.
上記の構成によれば、トナーカートリッジをトナーカートリッジ装着部に装着して装着完了位置に配置する場合には、トナーカートリッジの第1部材を、カートリッジ装着部の第2部材に嵌合させ、トナーカートリッジの下部を中心として装着完了位置まで回転させる。
According to the above configuration, when the toner cartridge is mounted on the toner cartridge mounting portion and disposed at the mounting completion position, the first member of the toner cartridge is fitted to the second member of the cartridge mounting portion, and the toner cartridge Rotate to the mounting completion position around the bottom of the.
したがって、例えば、トナーカートリッジを開閉扉等のトナーカートリッジ保持部材に一旦保持させた後、トナーカートリッジ保持部材を回転させてトナーカートリッジを装着完了位置に配置する構成と比較して、経年によるトナーカートリッジ保持部材の変形の影響を受けることなく、トナーカートリッジを長期に亘って正確に装着完了位置に配置することができる。
Therefore, for example, the toner cartridge is held by aged as compared with a configuration in which the toner cartridge is temporarily held by a toner cartridge holding member such as an opening / closing door and then the toner cartridge holding member is rotated to place the toner cartridge at the installation completion position. The toner cartridge can be accurately placed at the mounting completion position over a long period of time without being affected by the deformation of the member.
また、本発明の画像形成装置は、消耗品容器と、前記消耗品容器に設けられた記憶装置と、前記消耗品容器が装着される消耗品容器装着部と、前記消耗品容器が前記消耗品容器装着部に対する装着完了位置に配置された状態において、前記記憶装置に対する電気的な接続状態が生じる接続装置と、前記消耗品容器の下部に設けられた第1部材と、前記消耗品容器装着部の前記下部に対応する位置に設けれ、前記第1部材と嵌合し、かつ前記下部を中心として、前記消耗品容器を前記装着完了位置およびその逆方向へ回転可能に保持する第2部材とを備えている構成である。
The image forming apparatus according to the present invention includes a consumable container, a storage device provided in the consumable container, a consumable container mounting portion to which the consumable container is mounted, and the consumable container being the consumable. A connection device in which an electrical connection state with respect to the storage device occurs in a state of being placed at a mounting completion position with respect to the container mounting portion; a first member provided at a lower portion of the consumable container; and the consumable container mounting portion A second member which is provided at a position corresponding to the lower part of the first member and which fits with the first member and holds the consumable container rotatably around the lower part in the mounting completion position and the opposite direction. It is the structure equipped with.
上記の構成によれば、消耗品容器を消耗品容器装着部に装着して装着完了位置に配置する場合には、消耗品容器の下部に設けられた第1部材を、消耗品容器装着部における消耗品容器の下部に対応する位置に設けられた第2部材に嵌合させ、消耗品容器の下部を中心として装着完了位置まで回転させる。
According to the above configuration, when the consumable container is mounted on the consumable container mounting portion and disposed at the mounting completion position, the first member provided at the lower portion of the consumable container is disposed at the consumable container mounting portion. The consumables container is fitted to a second member provided at a position corresponding to the lower part of the consumable container, and is rotated about the lower part of the consumable container to the mounting completion position.
また、消耗品容器を装着完了位置に配置した状態では、消耗品容器に設けられた記憶装置と接続装置との電気的な接続状態、すなわち有線あるいは無線による電気的な接続状態が生じる。これにより、記憶装置と画像形成装置、例えば画像形成装置が備える制御装置との通信が可能となる。
Further, in a state where the consumable container is disposed at the mounting completion position, an electrical connection state between the storage device provided in the consumable container and the connection device, that is, an electrical connection state by wire or wireless occurs. Accordingly, communication between the storage device and the image forming apparatus, for example, a control device included in the image forming apparatus is possible.
したがって、例えば、消耗品容器を開閉扉等の消耗品容器保持部材に一旦保持させた後、消耗品容器保持部材を回転させて消耗品容器を装着完了位置に配置する構成(特許文献3,4)と比較して、経年による消耗品容器保持部材の変形の影響を受けることなく、消耗品容器を正確に装着完了位置に配置することができる。また、例えば、位置決めピンを消耗品容器の位置決め孔に挿入することにより消耗品容器を装着完了位置に配置する構成と比較して、消耗品容器が衝突して位置決めピンが変形することによる位置決めピンと位置決め孔との位置ずれの影響を受けることがなく、消耗品容器を正確に装着完了位置に配置することができる。
Therefore, for example, the consumable container is temporarily held by a consumable container holding member such as an opening / closing door, and then the consumable container holding member is rotated to place the consumable container at the mounting completion position (Patent Documents 3 and 4). ), The consumable container can be accurately placed at the mounting completion position without being affected by the deformation of the consumable container holding member over time. Further, for example, as compared with a configuration in which the consumable container is disposed at the mounting completion position by inserting the positioning pin into the positioning hole of the consumable container, the positioning pin is caused by the collision of the consumable container and the deformation of the positioning pin. The consumable container can be accurately placed at the mounting completion position without being affected by the positional deviation from the positioning hole.
これにより、消耗品容器の交換を頻繁に行った場合であっても、画像形成装置に対する消耗品容器の位置決め精度が長期に亘って安定し、消耗品容器が備える記憶装置と画像形成装置との安定した通信状態を維持することができる。
As a result, even when the consumable container is frequently replaced, the positioning accuracy of the consumable container with respect to the image forming apparatus is stable over a long period of time. A stable communication state can be maintained.
上記の画像形成装置において、前記消耗品容器はトナーカートリッジであり、前記トナーカートリッジは、下端部にトナー補給口とこのトナー補給口を開閉するシャッタとを備え、前記シャッタは、前記トナーカートリッジの前記装着完了位置方向への回転に伴って開放される構成としてもよい。
In the image forming apparatus, the consumable container is a toner cartridge, and the toner cartridge includes a toner supply port at a lower end portion and a shutter that opens and closes the toner supply port, and the shutter includes the toner cartridge. It is good also as a structure open | released with the rotation to a mounting completion position direction.
上記の構成によれば、消耗品容器はトナーカートリッジであり、トナーカートリッジのシャッタは、トナーカートリッジの装着完了位置方向への回転に伴って開放される。
According to the above configuration, the consumable container is the toner cartridge, and the shutter of the toner cartridge is opened in accordance with the rotation of the toner cartridge toward the mounting completion position.
したがって、トナーカートリッジが装着完了位置に配置された場合に、トナー補給口が開放され、トナーカートリッジからのトナーの補給が可能となる。
Therefore, when the toner cartridge is disposed at the mounting completion position, the toner replenishing port is opened, and the toner can be replenished from the toner cartridge.
上記の画像形成装置において、前記消耗品容器はトナーカートリッジであり、前記トナーカートリッジはトナーを収容するトナー収容部を備え、前記記憶装置は、前記トナー収容部の上に設けられている構成としてもよい。
In the above image forming apparatus, the consumable container may be a toner cartridge, the toner cartridge may include a toner storage unit that stores toner, and the storage device may be provided on the toner storage unit. Good.
上記の構成によれば、記憶装置はトナーカートリッジにおけるトナー収容部の上に設けられているので、例えばトナーカートリッジから漏れたトナーが飛散した場合であっても、そのトナーが記憶装置あるいは接続装置に付着し難くなっている。これにより、飛散トナーに起因した記憶装置と接続装置との通信不良が生じ難く、記憶装置と画像形成装置とが長期に亘って安定に通信する機能をさらに高めることができる。
According to the above configuration, since the storage device is provided on the toner container of the toner cartridge, for example, even when the toner leaking from the toner cartridge is scattered, the toner is stored in the storage device or the connection device. It is difficult to adhere. Accordingly, communication failure between the storage device and the connection device due to the scattered toner is unlikely to occur, and the function of stably communicating between the storage device and the image forming apparatus over a long period of time can be further enhanced.
上記の画像形成装置において、前記記憶装置は、前記トナーカートリッジにおける前記消耗品容器装着部と対向する面から少なくとも一部が突出した部分である凸部を有し、前記接続装置には、前記凸部が嵌合される嵌合凹部を有している構成としてもよい。
In the above image forming apparatus, the storage device has a convex portion that is a portion at least partially protruding from a surface of the toner cartridge that faces the consumable container mounting portion, and the connection device includes the convex portion. It is good also as a structure which has the fitting recessed part by which a part is fitted.
上記の構成によれば、トナーカートリッジを回転させて装着完了位置に配置した場合には、記憶装置の凸部が接続装置の嵌合凹部に嵌合される。この場合、記憶装置はトナーカートリッジにおけるトナー収容部の上に設けられているので、記憶装置すなわち凸部の回転半径は、トナーカートリッジの最大回転半径あるいはそれに近い回転半径となる。これにより、記憶装置の凸部と接続装置の嵌合凹部との嵌合を円滑に行うことができる。
According to the above configuration, when the toner cartridge is rotated and disposed at the mounting completion position, the convex portion of the storage device is fitted into the fitting concave portion of the connection device. In this case, since the storage device is provided on the toner accommodating portion of the toner cartridge, the rotation radius of the storage device, that is, the convex portion is the maximum rotation radius of the toner cartridge or a rotation radius close thereto. Thereby, fitting with the convex part of a memory | storage device and the fitting recessed part of a connection apparatus can be performed smoothly.
上記の画像形成装置において、前記消耗品容器は、画像形成装置の左または右のいずれか一方の側面の側に着脱可能に装着され、画像形成装置の筐体における前記一方の側面には、下部を中心として上下方向に回転することにより開閉可能であり、前記消耗品容器を着脱可能な開放位置に開放可能である側面開閉扉が設けられ、前記第1部材と前記第2部材とは、前記側面開閉扉が開放された状態において、前記消耗品容器を前記一方の側面に対して上方から斜め下方に移動させることにより互いに嵌合され、前記消耗品容器をこれとは逆の方向に移動させることにより嵌合が解除される構成としてもよい。
In the above image forming apparatus, the consumable container is detachably attached to either the left or right side surface of the image forming apparatus, and the one side surface of the housing of the image forming apparatus has a lower portion A side opening / closing door is provided that can be opened and closed by rotating in a vertical direction around the center, and can be opened to an open position where the consumable container can be attached and detached, and the first member and the second member are In a state where the side opening / closing door is opened, the consumable container is fitted to each other by moving the consumable container obliquely downward from above with respect to the one side surface, and the consumable container is moved in the opposite direction. It is good also as a structure by which fitting is cancelled | released by this.
上記の構成によれば、消耗品容器の第1部材と消耗品容器装着部の第2部材とは、側面開閉扉が開放された状態において、消耗品容器を画像形成装置の一方の側面に対して上方から斜め下方に移動させることにより互いに嵌合され、消耗品容器をこれとは逆の方向に移動させることにより嵌合が解除される。
According to the above configuration, the first member of the consumable container and the second member of the consumable container mounting portion are configured such that the consumable container is placed on one side of the image forming apparatus in a state where the side opening / closing door is opened. Then, they are fitted to each other by moving obliquely downward from above, and the fitting is released by moving the consumable container in the opposite direction.
したがって、画像形成装置に対する消耗品容器の着脱動作は、側面開閉扉を画像形成装置の側面に対して90°よりも小さい斜めに開放した状態にて行うことができる。すなわち、画像形成装置に対して消耗品容器を着脱する場合の側面開閉扉の回転領域を小さくすることができ、消耗品容器を着脱する場合に必要な画像形成装置の側方の作業スペースを小さくすることができる。
Therefore, the attachment / detachment operation of the consumable container with respect to the image forming apparatus can be performed in a state where the side opening / closing door is opened obliquely smaller than 90 ° with respect to the side surface of the image forming apparatus. That is, the rotation area of the side opening / closing door when the consumable container is attached to or detached from the image forming apparatus can be reduced, and the work space on the side of the image forming apparatus required when attaching or detaching the consumable container is reduced. can do.
本発明の画像形成装置において、前記消耗品容器はトナーカートリッジであり、前記トナーカートリッジの下方位置に着脱可能に装着され、回収された廃棄用トナーを収容する廃トナーボックスを備え、前記側面開閉扉は、開放角度が鋭角の第1開放位置、およびこの第1開放位置よりも開放角度が大きい第2開放位置に開放可能であり、前記第1開放位置において前記トナーカートリッジが着脱可能であり、前記第2開放位置において前記廃トナーボックスが着脱可能である構成としてもよい。
In the image forming apparatus according to the aspect of the invention, the consumable container is a toner cartridge, and includes a waste toner box that is detachably attached to a lower position of the toner cartridge and stores the collected waste toner. Is openable to a first opening position having an acute opening angle and a second opening position having an opening angle larger than the first opening position, and the toner cartridge is detachable in the first opening position, The waste toner box may be detachable at the second open position.
上記の構成によれば、トナーカートリッジの交換作業は、側面開閉扉を鋭角の開放角度の第1開放位置に開放して行われ、廃トナーボックスの交換作業は、側面開閉扉を第1開放位置よりも大きい開放角度の第2開放位置に開放して行われる。
According to the above configuration, the replacement operation of the toner cartridge is performed by opening the side opening / closing door to the first opening position of the acute opening angle, and the replacement operation of the waste toner box is performed by moving the side opening / closing door to the first opening position. It opens to the 2nd open position of a larger open angle.
したがって、トナーカートリッジおよび廃トナーボックスの交換作業は、同一の側面開閉扉を開放して行うことができるので、これら作業を容易に行うことができる。その上、画像形成装置に必要な開閉扉の数を少なくすることができるので、画像形成装置の構造を簡素化することができる。
Therefore, the replacement operation of the toner cartridge and the waste toner box can be performed by opening the same side opening / closing door, so that these operations can be easily performed. In addition, since the number of doors required for the image forming apparatus can be reduced, the structure of the image forming apparatus can be simplified.
また、トナーカートリッジの交換作業は、側面開閉扉を狭い角度(鋭角)の第1開放位置に開放した状態にて行うことができるので、画像形成装置の側方に、側面開閉扉を第1開放位置に開放できる比較的小さいスペースを確保できれば、可能となる。
The toner cartridge replacement operation can be performed in a state in which the side opening / closing door is opened to the first opening position of a narrow angle (acute angle), and therefore the side opening / closing door is opened to the side of the image forming apparatus. This is possible if a relatively small space that can be opened to the position can be secured.
これにより、画像形成装置の側面開閉扉を有する一方の側面の側に書類ファイル等の配置物が存在する場合であっても、画像形成装置あるいは画像形成装置の周りの配置物を移動させることなく、トナーカートリッジの交換作業を行うことができる。また、トナーカートリッジの交換頻度は、廃トナーボックスの交換頻度に対して格段に多くなっている。これにより、スモールオフィスやホームオフィスなど、画像形成装置の設置スペースが制限され易い環境下であっても、交換頻度の高いトナーカートリッジの交換作業を容易に行うことができる。
Thus, even when an arrangement such as a document file exists on one side of the image forming apparatus having the side opening / closing door, the image forming apparatus or the arrangement around the image forming apparatus is not moved. The toner cartridge can be replaced. Further, the replacement frequency of the toner cartridge is much higher than the replacement frequency of the waste toner box. Thereby, even in an environment where the installation space of the image forming apparatus is easily limited such as a small office or a home office, it is possible to easily replace the toner cartridge with a high replacement frequency.
本発明は上述した各実施形態に限定されるものではなく、請求項に示した範囲で種々の変更が可能であり、異なる実施形態にそれぞれ開示された技術的手段を適宜組み合わせて得られる実施形態についても本発明の技術的範囲に含まれる。
The present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiments, and various modifications are possible within the scope shown in the claims, and embodiments obtained by appropriately combining technical means disclosed in different embodiments. Is also included in the technical scope of the present invention.
1 画像形成装置
2 画像形成本体装置
3 自動原稿搬送装置
5 画像形成装置
6 画像形成装置
11 プロセスユニット
13 給紙カセット
14 転写部
15 定着部
16 排紙トレイ
21 操作パネル
22 主電源スイッチ
23 筐体
24 嵌合凹部
31~34 第1~第4画像形成部
35 中間転写ベルトユニット
36 転写ベルトクリーニング装置
36a 廃トナー搬送パイプ
41a~41d 感光体ドラム
43a~43d 現像装置
43a1~43d1 トナー取込部
43a2~43d2 トナー取込口
45a~45d 感光体クリーニング装置
45a1~45d1 廃トナー搬送パイプ
51 中間転写ベルト
61 原稿セットトレイ
62 排紙トレイ
65~68 カートリッジ装着部
65b 嵌合凹部
65b1 円形凹部
65b2 直状凹部
65c カートリッジ対向部
69 廃トナーボックス
71~74 トナーカートリッジ(消耗品容器)
71a トナー収容部
71b トナー補給口
71c シャッタ
71d 嵌合凸部(第1部材)
71d1 湾曲面
71d2 直状部
76~79 トナー中間受け部材
76a トナー取込口
76b 係合受部
81,82 縦壁部
91~95 第1~第5延設部
91a~95a 廃トナー取込口
101 側面開閉扉
101a 取手
101a0 閉位置
101a1 第1開放位置(小開放位置)
101a2 第2開放位置(大開放位置)
101b0 閉位置
101b1 第1開放位置(小開放位置)
101b2 第2開放位置(中開放位置)
101b3 第3開放位置(大開放位置)
102 回転支点軸
103 開放角度調整機構部
104 案内部材
104a 長穴
105 連結部材
106 ストッパ
106a 操作部
106b 係止部
106b1 凹部
111 車椅子
112 作業者
121 書類ファイル
122 キャビネット
123 花瓶
131 側面開閉扉
132 扉上部
133 扉下部
134 開閉補助部材(連結部材)
134a 長穴
135 ヒンジ(連結部材)
136 嵌合凸部
151 開放角度調整機構部
152 開放角度調整部材
152a 案内穴
152a2 第1係止部
152a4 第2係止部
152a5 第3係止部
153 軸部材
154 案内ピン
201 記憶装置
211 コネクタ(接続装置)
211a 嵌合凹部
231 記憶装置
241 読取/書込装置(接続装置)
DESCRIPTION OFSYMBOLS 1 Image forming apparatus 2 Image forming main body apparatus 3 Automatic document feeder 5 Image forming apparatus 6 Image forming apparatus 11 Process unit 13 Paper feed cassette 14 Transfer part 15 Fixing part 16 Paper discharge tray 21 Operation panel 22 Main power switch 23 Case 24 Mating recess
31 to 34 First to fourthimage forming portions 35 Intermediate transfer belt unit 36 Transfer belt cleaning device 36a Waste toner transport pipe
41a to 41d Photosensitive drum
43a-43d Developer
43a1-43d1 Toner take-in part
43a2 to 43d2 Toner intake port
45a-45d Photoconductor cleaning device
45a1 to 45d1 Wastetoner transport pipe 51 Intermediate transfer belt 61 Document set tray 62 Output tray
65 to 68Cartridge mounting portion 65b Fitting recess 65b1 Circular recess 65b2 Straight recess 65c Cartridge facing portion 69 Waste toner box
71-74 Toner cartridge (consumable container)
71a Toneraccommodating portion 71b Toner replenishing port 71c Shutter 71d Fitting convex portion (first member)
71d1 curved surface 71d2 straight part
76 to 79 Toner intermediate receivingmember 76a Toner intake port 76b Engagement receiving portion
81,82 vertical wall
91 to 95 1st to 5th extension
91a to 95a Wastetoner intake port 101 Side opening / closing door 101a Handle 101a0 Closed position 101a1 First open position (small open position)
101a2 Second open position (large open position)
101b0 Closed position 101b1 First open position (small open position)
101b2 second open position (medium open position)
101b3 third open position (large open position)
102Rotating fulcrum shaft 103 Opening angle adjusting mechanism 104 Guide member 104a Slot 105 Connecting member 106 Stopper 106a Operation part 106b Locking part 106b1 Recess 111 Wheelchair 112 Worker 121 Document file 122 Cabinet 123 Vase 131 Side opening / closing door 132 Door upper part 133 Door lower part 134 Opening and closing auxiliary member (connection member)
134aLong hole 135 Hinge (connecting member)
136fitting projection 151 opening angle adjusting mechanism 152 opening angle adjusting member 152a guide hole 152a2 first locking portion 152a4 second locking portion 152a5 third locking portion 153 shaft member 154 guide pin 201 storage device 211 connector (connection) apparatus)
211aFitting recess 231 Storage device 241 Reading / writing device (connection device)
2 画像形成本体装置
3 自動原稿搬送装置
5 画像形成装置
6 画像形成装置
11 プロセスユニット
13 給紙カセット
14 転写部
15 定着部
16 排紙トレイ
21 操作パネル
22 主電源スイッチ
23 筐体
24 嵌合凹部
31~34 第1~第4画像形成部
35 中間転写ベルトユニット
36 転写ベルトクリーニング装置
36a 廃トナー搬送パイプ
41a~41d 感光体ドラム
43a~43d 現像装置
43a1~43d1 トナー取込部
43a2~43d2 トナー取込口
45a~45d 感光体クリーニング装置
45a1~45d1 廃トナー搬送パイプ
51 中間転写ベルト
61 原稿セットトレイ
62 排紙トレイ
65~68 カートリッジ装着部
65b 嵌合凹部
65b1 円形凹部
65b2 直状凹部
65c カートリッジ対向部
69 廃トナーボックス
71~74 トナーカートリッジ(消耗品容器)
71a トナー収容部
71b トナー補給口
71c シャッタ
71d 嵌合凸部(第1部材)
71d1 湾曲面
71d2 直状部
76~79 トナー中間受け部材
76a トナー取込口
76b 係合受部
81,82 縦壁部
91~95 第1~第5延設部
91a~95a 廃トナー取込口
101 側面開閉扉
101a 取手
101a0 閉位置
101a1 第1開放位置(小開放位置)
101a2 第2開放位置(大開放位置)
101b0 閉位置
101b1 第1開放位置(小開放位置)
101b2 第2開放位置(中開放位置)
101b3 第3開放位置(大開放位置)
102 回転支点軸
103 開放角度調整機構部
104 案内部材
104a 長穴
105 連結部材
106 ストッパ
106a 操作部
106b 係止部
106b1 凹部
111 車椅子
112 作業者
121 書類ファイル
122 キャビネット
123 花瓶
131 側面開閉扉
132 扉上部
133 扉下部
134 開閉補助部材(連結部材)
134a 長穴
135 ヒンジ(連結部材)
136 嵌合凸部
151 開放角度調整機構部
152 開放角度調整部材
152a 案内穴
152a2 第1係止部
152a4 第2係止部
152a5 第3係止部
153 軸部材
154 案内ピン
201 記憶装置
211 コネクタ(接続装置)
211a 嵌合凹部
231 記憶装置
241 読取/書込装置(接続装置)
DESCRIPTION OF
31 to 34 First to fourth
41a to 41d Photosensitive drum
43a-43d Developer
43a1-43d1 Toner take-in part
43a2 to 43d2 Toner intake port
45a-45d Photoconductor cleaning device
45a1 to 45d1 Waste
65 to 68
71-74 Toner cartridge (consumable container)
71a Toner
71d1 curved surface 71d2 straight part
76 to 79 Toner intermediate receiving
81,82 vertical wall
91 to 95 1st to 5th extension
91a to 95a Waste
101a2 Second open position (large open position)
101b0 Closed position 101b1 First open position (small open position)
101b2 second open position (medium open position)
101b3 third open position (large open position)
102
134a
136
211a
Claims (15)
- 画像形成装置の左または右のいずれか一方の側面の側に着脱可能に装着されるトナーカートリッジと、
現像装置と感光体とを有し、前記一方の側面の側から画像形成装置に対して着脱されるプロセスユニットと、
画像形成装置の筐体における前記一方の側面に開閉可能に形成され、開放角度が複数段階に設定され、前記トナーカートリッジを着脱可能な鋭角の開放角度の小開放位置、および前記プロセスユニットを着脱可能であり、前記小開放位置よりも大きい開放角度の大開放位置に開放可能な側面開閉扉を備えていることを特徴とする画像形成装置。 A toner cartridge that is detachably attached to either the left or right side of the image forming apparatus;
A process unit having a developing device and a photoconductor, and detachable from the image forming apparatus from the one side surface;
It is formed to be openable and closable on the one side surface of the housing of the image forming apparatus, the open angle is set in a plurality of stages, the open angle is a small open position where the toner cartridge can be attached and detached, and the process unit can be attached and detached. An image forming apparatus comprising a side opening / closing door that can be opened at a large opening position having an opening angle larger than the small opening position. - 前記一方の側面の側における前記トナーカートリッジの下に着脱可能に装着され、回収された廃棄用トナーを収容する廃トナーボックスを備え、
前記大開放位置において前記廃トナーボックスが着脱可能であることを特徴とする請求項1に記載の画像形成装置。 A waste toner box that is detachably mounted under the toner cartridge on the side of the one side and contains the collected waste toner;
The image forming apparatus according to claim 1, wherein the waste toner box is detachable in the large open position. - 前記一方の側面の側における前記トナーカートリッジの下に着脱可能に装着され、回収された廃棄用トナーを収容する廃トナーボックスを備え、
前記側面開閉扉は、開放角度が前記小開放位置よりも大きく、かつ大開放位置よりも小さい中開放位置に開放可能であり、
前記中開放位置において前記廃トナーボックスが着脱可能であることを特徴とする請求項1に記載の画像形成装置。 A waste toner box that is detachably mounted under the toner cartridge on the side of the one side and contains the collected waste toner;
The side opening / closing door can be opened to a middle opening position whose opening angle is larger than the small opening position and smaller than the large opening position,
The image forming apparatus according to claim 1, wherein the waste toner box is detachable at the middle open position. - 前記側面開閉扉は、下部を中心として上下方向に回転することにより開閉可能であり、前記トナーカートリッジは、前記側面開閉扉が小開放位置に開放された状態において、前記一方の側面に対して上方から斜め下方に移動させた後、下部を中心として起立する方向に回転させることにより装着され、これとは逆の動作によって抜脱されることを特徴とする請求項1から3のいずれか1項に記載の画像形成装置。 The side opening / closing door can be opened / closed by rotating in a vertical direction around a lower portion, and the toner cartridge is located above the one side in a state where the side opening / closing door is opened to a small opening position. 4. The device according to claim 1, wherein the device is attached by rotating in a direction to stand up around the lower portion after being moved obliquely downward from the lower portion, and being removed by an operation opposite to this. 5. The image forming apparatus described in 1.
- 前記側面開閉扉は、上下に配置された扉上部と扉下部とを備え、
前記扉上部と前記扉下部とは前記扉上部が下部を中心として上下方向に回転可能となるように連結部材にて連結され、
前記扉下部は、下部を中心として上下方向に回転することにより開閉可能であり、
前記小開放位置への側面開閉扉の開放は、前記扉上部を前記扉下部に対して開放した状態であり、
前記大開放位置への側面開閉扉の開放は、前記扉上部および前記扉下部を開放した状態であることを特徴とする請求項1、2または4のいずれか1項に記載の画像形成装置。 The side opening / closing door includes an upper door portion and a lower door portion arranged vertically.
The door upper part and the door lower part are connected by a connecting member so that the door upper part can rotate in the vertical direction around the lower part,
The lower part of the door can be opened and closed by rotating in the vertical direction around the lower part,
The opening of the side opening / closing door to the small opening position is a state in which the door upper part is opened with respect to the door lower part,
5. The image forming apparatus according to claim 1, wherein the side opening / closing door is opened to the large opening position in a state where the upper part of the door and the lower part of the door are opened. - 画像形成装置の上面に形成され、画像形成装置の背面側から排出された用紙を受ける排紙トレイと、
前記排紙トレイの左または右の少なくとも一方の位置に、前記排紙トレイに沿って形成され、上面の高さが前記排紙トレイの上面の高さよりも高くなっている縦壁部と、
画像形成装置の左または右のいずれか一方の側面の側に着脱可能に装着され、装着完了位置において、少なくとも上部が前記縦壁部の内部に配置されるトナーカートリッジと、
前記トナーカートリッジの下方位置に着脱可能に装着され、回収された廃棄用トナーを収容する廃トナーボックスと、
画像形成装置の筐体の前記一方の側面における前記縦壁部の側面を含む領域に開閉可能に形成され、開状態において、前記トナーカートリッジおよび前記廃トナーボックスの着脱を可能にする側面開閉扉とを備えていることを特徴とする画像形成装置。 A paper discharge tray that is formed on the upper surface of the image forming apparatus and receives paper discharged from the back side of the image forming apparatus;
A vertical wall formed along the paper discharge tray at at least one position on the left or right of the paper discharge tray, the height of the upper surface being higher than the height of the upper surface of the paper discharge tray;
A toner cartridge that is detachably mounted on either the left side or the right side of the image forming apparatus, and that at least the upper part is disposed inside the vertical wall at the mounting completion position;
A waste toner box that is detachably attached to a lower position of the toner cartridge and stores the collected waste toner;
A side opening door that is formed to be openable and closable in a region including the side surface of the vertical wall portion on the one side surface of the housing of the image forming apparatus, and that allows the toner cartridge and the waste toner box to be attached and detached in the open state; An image forming apparatus comprising: - 前記側面開閉扉は、開放角度が複数段階に設定され、前記トナーカートリッジを着脱可能な鋭角の開放角度の第1開放位置、および前記廃トナーボックスを着脱可能であり、前記第1開放位置よりも大きい開放角度の第2開放位置に開放可能であることを特徴とする請求項6に記載の画像形成装置。 The side opening / closing door has an opening angle set in a plurality of stages, a first opening position of an acute opening angle at which the toner cartridge can be attached and detached, and the waste toner box can be attached and detached. The image forming apparatus according to claim 6, wherein the image forming apparatus can be opened to a second opening position having a large opening angle.
- 前記側面開閉扉は、下部を中心として上下方向に回転することにより開閉可能であり、前記トナーカートリッジは、前記側面開閉扉が第1開放位置に開放された状態において、前記一方の側面に対して上方から斜め下方に移動させた後、下部を中心として、起立する方向に回転させることにより装着され、これとは逆の動作によって抜脱されることを特徴とする請求項6または7に記載の画像形成装置。 The side opening / closing door can be opened / closed by rotating in a vertical direction about a lower portion, and the toner cartridge can be opened with respect to the one side surface in a state where the side opening / closing door is opened to the first opening position. 8. The apparatus according to claim 6 or 7, wherein after being moved obliquely downward from above, it is mounted by rotating in a standing direction around the lower part, and is removed by an operation opposite to this. Image forming apparatus.
- 前記トナーカートリッジが装着されるトナーカートリッジ装着部を備え、
前記トナーカートリッジは、下部に第1部材を備え、
前記トナーカートリッジ装着部は、前記トナーカートリッジの前記下部に対応する位置に、前記第1部材と嵌合し、かつ前記下部を中心として、前記トナーカートリッジを前記トナーカートリッジ装着部に対しての装着完了位置およびその逆方向へ回転可能に保持する第2部材を備えていることを特徴とする請求項8に記載の画像形成装置。 A toner cartridge mounting portion to which the toner cartridge is mounted;
The toner cartridge includes a first member at a lower portion,
The toner cartridge mounting portion is fitted to the first member at a position corresponding to the lower portion of the toner cartridge, and the toner cartridge is completely mounted on the toner cartridge mounting portion with the lower portion as a center. The image forming apparatus according to claim 8, further comprising a second member that is rotatably held in the position and the opposite direction. - 消耗品容器と、
前記消耗品容器に設けられた記憶装置と、
前記消耗品容器が装着される消耗品容器装着部と、
前記消耗品容器が前記消耗品容器装着部に対する装着完了位置に配置された状態において、前記記憶装置に対する電気的な接続状態が生じる接続装置と、
前記消耗品容器の下部に設けられた第1部材と、
前記消耗品容器装着部の前記下部に対応する位置に設けれ、前記第1部材と嵌合し、かつ前記下部を中心として、前記消耗品容器を前記装着完了位置およびその逆方向へ回転可能に保持する第2部材とを備えていることを特徴とする画像形成装置。 A consumable container;
A storage device provided in the consumable container;
A consumable container mounting portion to which the consumable container is mounted;
A connection device in which an electrical connection state to the storage device occurs in a state where the consumable container is disposed at a mounting completion position with respect to the consumable container mounting unit;
A first member provided in a lower portion of the consumable container;
Provided at a position corresponding to the lower portion of the consumable container mounting portion, fits with the first member, and allows the consumable container to rotate in the mounting completion position and in the opposite direction around the lower portion. An image forming apparatus comprising: a second member to be held. - 前記消耗品容器はトナーカートリッジであり、
前記トナーカートリッジは、下端部にトナー補給口とこのトナー補給口を開閉するシャッタとを備え、
前記シャッタは、前記トナーカートリッジの前記装着完了位置方向への回転に伴って開放されることを特徴とする請求項10に記載の画像形成装置。 The consumable container is a toner cartridge;
The toner cartridge includes a toner supply port at a lower end portion and a shutter that opens and closes the toner supply port.
The image forming apparatus according to claim 10, wherein the shutter is opened in accordance with rotation of the toner cartridge toward the mounting completion position. - 前記消耗品容器はトナーカートリッジであり、
前記トナーカートリッジはトナーを収容するトナー収容部を備え、
前記記憶装置は、前記トナー収容部の上に設けられていることを特徴とする請求項10に記載の画像形成装置。 The consumable container is a toner cartridge;
The toner cartridge includes a toner storage unit that stores toner;
The image forming apparatus according to claim 10, wherein the storage device is provided on the toner container. - 前記記憶装置は、前記トナーカートリッジにおける前記消耗品容器装着部と対向する面から少なくとも一部が突出した部分である凸部を有し、
前記接続装置には、前記凸部が嵌合される嵌合凹部を有していることを特徴とする請求項12に記載の画像形成装置。 The storage device has a convex portion that is a portion at least partially protruding from a surface of the toner cartridge that faces the consumable container mounting portion.
The image forming apparatus according to claim 12, wherein the connection device includes a fitting concave portion into which the convex portion is fitted. - 前記消耗品容器は、画像形成装置の左または右のいずれか一方の側面の側に着脱可能に装着され、
画像形成装置の筐体における前記一方の側面には、下部を中心として上下方向に回転することにより開閉可能であり、前記消耗品容器を着脱可能な開放位置に開放可能である側面開閉扉が設けられ、
前記第1部材と前記第2部材とは、前記側面開閉扉が開放された状態において、前記消耗品容器を前記一方の側面に対して上方から斜め下方に移動させることにより互いに嵌合され、前記消耗品容器をこれとは逆の方向に移動させることにより嵌合が解除されることを特徴とする請求項10から13のいずれか1項に記載の画像形成装置。 The consumable container is detachably mounted on either the left or right side of the image forming apparatus,
The one side surface of the housing of the image forming apparatus is provided with a side opening / closing door that can be opened / closed by rotating in the vertical direction around the lower portion and that can open the consumable container to a removable open position. And
The first member and the second member are fitted to each other by moving the consumable container obliquely downward from above with respect to the one side surface in a state where the side opening / closing door is opened, The image forming apparatus according to claim 10, wherein the consumable container is released by moving the consumable container in a direction opposite to the consumable container. - 前記消耗品容器はトナーカートリッジであり、
前記トナーカートリッジの下方位置に着脱可能に装着され、回収された廃棄用トナーを収容する廃トナーボックスを備え、
前記側面開閉扉は、開放角度が鋭角の第1開放位置、およびこの第1開放位置よりも開放角度が大きい第2開放位置に開放可能であり、前記第1開放位置において前記トナーカートリッジが着脱可能であり、前記第2開放位置において前記廃トナーボックスが着脱可能であることを特徴とする請求項14に記載の画像形成装置。 The consumable container is a toner cartridge;
A waste toner box that is detachably attached to a lower position of the toner cartridge and stores the collected waste toner;
The side opening / closing door can be opened to a first opening position having an acute opening angle and a second opening position having an opening angle larger than the first opening position, and the toner cartridge can be attached to and detached from the first opening position. The image forming apparatus according to claim 14, wherein the waste toner box is detachable at the second open position.
Applications Claiming Priority (6)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2012163942A JP5394548B1 (en) | 2012-07-24 | 2012-07-24 | Image forming apparatus |
JP2012-163943 | 2012-07-24 | ||
JP2012163943A JP5394549B1 (en) | 2012-07-24 | 2012-07-24 | Image forming apparatus |
JP2012-163942 | 2012-07-24 | ||
JP2012-163947 | 2012-07-24 | ||
JP2012163947A JP5420728B2 (en) | 2012-07-24 | 2012-07-24 | Image forming apparatus |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2014017357A1 true WO2014017357A1 (en) | 2014-01-30 |
Family
ID=49997171
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2013/069418 WO2014017357A1 (en) | 2012-07-24 | 2013-07-17 | Image forming device |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
WO (1) | WO2014017357A1 (en) |
Citations (39)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPS61156175A (en) * | 1984-12-28 | 1986-07-15 | Toshiba Corp | Developing agent supplying device |
JPS61166565A (en) * | 1985-01-18 | 1986-07-28 | Konishiroku Photo Ind Co Ltd | Copying machine provided with toner replenishing part |
JPH02289874A (en) * | 1988-12-15 | 1990-11-29 | Ricoh Co Ltd | Consumable cartridge for electrophotographic device |
JPH0420269U (en) * | 1990-06-08 | 1992-02-20 | ||
JPH0467659U (en) * | 1990-10-25 | 1992-06-16 | ||
JPH07336065A (en) * | 1994-06-13 | 1995-12-22 | Oki Electric Ind Co Ltd | Stopper stay structure of opening and closing mechanism |
JPH09244378A (en) * | 1996-03-13 | 1997-09-19 | Canon Inc | Image forming device |
JPH1026922A (en) * | 1996-07-10 | 1998-01-27 | Mita Ind Co Ltd | Open/close mechanism |
JPH10213936A (en) * | 1997-01-30 | 1998-08-11 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Image recorder |
JPH11305498A (en) * | 1998-04-17 | 1999-11-05 | Canon Inc | Color image forming device |
JP2000330434A (en) * | 1999-05-24 | 2000-11-30 | Canon Inc | Electrophotographic image forming device, process cartridge and developer supplying unit |
JP2001083788A (en) * | 1999-09-17 | 2001-03-30 | Seiko Epson Corp | Developing device |
JP2001083862A (en) * | 1999-09-09 | 2001-03-30 | Canon Inc | Image forming device |
JP2001242762A (en) * | 2000-03-01 | 2001-09-07 | Kyocera Mita Corp | Image forming device |
JP2001345566A (en) * | 2000-05-31 | 2001-12-14 | Kyocera Mita Corp | Safety device for electronic equipment apparatus |
JP2002278427A (en) * | 2002-03-18 | 2002-09-27 | Fujitsu Ltd | Electrophotographic image forming device |
JP2003035990A (en) * | 2001-07-23 | 2003-02-07 | Canon Inc | Toner replenishing container |
JP2003202745A (en) * | 2001-10-30 | 2003-07-18 | Ricoh Co Ltd | Developer storing container and image forming apparatus |
JP2005167801A (en) * | 2003-12-04 | 2005-06-23 | Canon Inc | Image forming apparatus |
JP2006169192A (en) * | 2004-12-17 | 2006-06-29 | Kao Corp | Lipolysis promoter, skin care composition, and food and beverage composition |
JP2007003712A (en) * | 2005-06-22 | 2007-01-11 | Sharp Corp | Developer collecting device |
JP2007101794A (en) * | 2005-10-03 | 2007-04-19 | Konica Minolta Business Technologies Inc | Image forming apparatus |
JP2007219453A (en) * | 2006-02-20 | 2007-08-30 | Toshiba Corp | Waste toner recovering apparatus and image forming apparatus |
JP2007219454A (en) * | 2006-02-20 | 2007-08-30 | Toshiba Corp | Waste toner recovering device and image forming apparatus |
JP2008026828A (en) * | 2006-07-25 | 2008-02-07 | Brother Ind Ltd | Image forming apparatus |
JP2008286861A (en) * | 2007-05-15 | 2008-11-27 | Fuji Xerox Co Ltd | Developer container and image forming apparatus |
JP2009042687A (en) * | 2007-08-10 | 2009-02-26 | Brother Ind Ltd | Image forming apparatus |
JP2009086508A (en) * | 2007-10-02 | 2009-04-23 | Brother Ind Ltd | Image forming apparatus |
JP2009098547A (en) * | 2007-10-19 | 2009-05-07 | Fuji Xerox Co Ltd | Developer storage container and image forming apparatus |
JP2009122387A (en) * | 2007-11-14 | 2009-06-04 | Fuji Xerox Co Ltd | Image forming apparatus |
JP2009156993A (en) * | 2007-12-25 | 2009-07-16 | Brother Ind Ltd | Image forming apparatus |
JP2009157204A (en) * | 2007-12-27 | 2009-07-16 | Brother Ind Ltd | Image forming apparatus |
JP2009181023A (en) * | 2008-01-31 | 2009-08-13 | Canon Inc | Image forming apparatus |
JP2009294407A (en) * | 2008-06-04 | 2009-12-17 | Ricoh Co Ltd | Process cartridge and image forming apparatus |
JP2010060602A (en) * | 2008-09-01 | 2010-03-18 | Sharp Corp | Image forming apparatus |
JP2011252981A (en) * | 2010-05-31 | 2011-12-15 | Canon Inc | Image forming apparatus |
JP2012073288A (en) * | 2010-09-27 | 2012-04-12 | Fuji Xerox Co Ltd | Image forming device |
JP2012118370A (en) * | 2010-12-02 | 2012-06-21 | Fuji Xerox Co Ltd | Image forming apparatus |
JP2012141373A (en) * | 2010-12-28 | 2012-07-26 | Kyocera Document Solutions Inc | Image forming apparatus |
-
2013
- 2013-07-17 WO PCT/JP2013/069418 patent/WO2014017357A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (39)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPS61156175A (en) * | 1984-12-28 | 1986-07-15 | Toshiba Corp | Developing agent supplying device |
JPS61166565A (en) * | 1985-01-18 | 1986-07-28 | Konishiroku Photo Ind Co Ltd | Copying machine provided with toner replenishing part |
JPH02289874A (en) * | 1988-12-15 | 1990-11-29 | Ricoh Co Ltd | Consumable cartridge for electrophotographic device |
JPH0420269U (en) * | 1990-06-08 | 1992-02-20 | ||
JPH0467659U (en) * | 1990-10-25 | 1992-06-16 | ||
JPH07336065A (en) * | 1994-06-13 | 1995-12-22 | Oki Electric Ind Co Ltd | Stopper stay structure of opening and closing mechanism |
JPH09244378A (en) * | 1996-03-13 | 1997-09-19 | Canon Inc | Image forming device |
JPH1026922A (en) * | 1996-07-10 | 1998-01-27 | Mita Ind Co Ltd | Open/close mechanism |
JPH10213936A (en) * | 1997-01-30 | 1998-08-11 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Image recorder |
JPH11305498A (en) * | 1998-04-17 | 1999-11-05 | Canon Inc | Color image forming device |
JP2000330434A (en) * | 1999-05-24 | 2000-11-30 | Canon Inc | Electrophotographic image forming device, process cartridge and developer supplying unit |
JP2001083862A (en) * | 1999-09-09 | 2001-03-30 | Canon Inc | Image forming device |
JP2001083788A (en) * | 1999-09-17 | 2001-03-30 | Seiko Epson Corp | Developing device |
JP2001242762A (en) * | 2000-03-01 | 2001-09-07 | Kyocera Mita Corp | Image forming device |
JP2001345566A (en) * | 2000-05-31 | 2001-12-14 | Kyocera Mita Corp | Safety device for electronic equipment apparatus |
JP2003035990A (en) * | 2001-07-23 | 2003-02-07 | Canon Inc | Toner replenishing container |
JP2003202745A (en) * | 2001-10-30 | 2003-07-18 | Ricoh Co Ltd | Developer storing container and image forming apparatus |
JP2002278427A (en) * | 2002-03-18 | 2002-09-27 | Fujitsu Ltd | Electrophotographic image forming device |
JP2005167801A (en) * | 2003-12-04 | 2005-06-23 | Canon Inc | Image forming apparatus |
JP2006169192A (en) * | 2004-12-17 | 2006-06-29 | Kao Corp | Lipolysis promoter, skin care composition, and food and beverage composition |
JP2007003712A (en) * | 2005-06-22 | 2007-01-11 | Sharp Corp | Developer collecting device |
JP2007101794A (en) * | 2005-10-03 | 2007-04-19 | Konica Minolta Business Technologies Inc | Image forming apparatus |
JP2007219453A (en) * | 2006-02-20 | 2007-08-30 | Toshiba Corp | Waste toner recovering apparatus and image forming apparatus |
JP2007219454A (en) * | 2006-02-20 | 2007-08-30 | Toshiba Corp | Waste toner recovering device and image forming apparatus |
JP2008026828A (en) * | 2006-07-25 | 2008-02-07 | Brother Ind Ltd | Image forming apparatus |
JP2008286861A (en) * | 2007-05-15 | 2008-11-27 | Fuji Xerox Co Ltd | Developer container and image forming apparatus |
JP2009042687A (en) * | 2007-08-10 | 2009-02-26 | Brother Ind Ltd | Image forming apparatus |
JP2009086508A (en) * | 2007-10-02 | 2009-04-23 | Brother Ind Ltd | Image forming apparatus |
JP2009098547A (en) * | 2007-10-19 | 2009-05-07 | Fuji Xerox Co Ltd | Developer storage container and image forming apparatus |
JP2009122387A (en) * | 2007-11-14 | 2009-06-04 | Fuji Xerox Co Ltd | Image forming apparatus |
JP2009156993A (en) * | 2007-12-25 | 2009-07-16 | Brother Ind Ltd | Image forming apparatus |
JP2009157204A (en) * | 2007-12-27 | 2009-07-16 | Brother Ind Ltd | Image forming apparatus |
JP2009181023A (en) * | 2008-01-31 | 2009-08-13 | Canon Inc | Image forming apparatus |
JP2009294407A (en) * | 2008-06-04 | 2009-12-17 | Ricoh Co Ltd | Process cartridge and image forming apparatus |
JP2010060602A (en) * | 2008-09-01 | 2010-03-18 | Sharp Corp | Image forming apparatus |
JP2011252981A (en) * | 2010-05-31 | 2011-12-15 | Canon Inc | Image forming apparatus |
JP2012073288A (en) * | 2010-09-27 | 2012-04-12 | Fuji Xerox Co Ltd | Image forming device |
JP2012118370A (en) * | 2010-12-02 | 2012-06-21 | Fuji Xerox Co Ltd | Image forming apparatus |
JP2012141373A (en) * | 2010-12-28 | 2012-07-26 | Kyocera Document Solutions Inc | Image forming apparatus |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
EP2762981A2 (en) | Developing device, memory unit thereof, and image forming apparatus | |
KR20120031108A (en) | Electrophotographic image forming apparatus | |
JP5767999B2 (en) | Image forming apparatus | |
JP6054084B2 (en) | Image forming apparatus | |
CN104508571B (en) | Image forming apparatus with a toner supply device | |
JP5394549B1 (en) | Image forming apparatus | |
JP5394548B1 (en) | Image forming apparatus | |
JP6665828B2 (en) | Image forming apparatus, toner container attachable to image forming apparatus | |
JP5420728B2 (en) | Image forming apparatus | |
JP5855595B2 (en) | Image forming apparatus | |
JP2014025995A (en) | Image forming apparatus | |
JP6197310B2 (en) | Image forming apparatus | |
JP2014044340A (en) | Image forming apparatus | |
JP6695374B2 (en) | Image forming device | |
JP6336016B2 (en) | Image forming apparatus | |
WO2014017357A1 (en) | Image forming device | |
JP6992372B2 (en) | Replacement unit and image forming device | |
JP5819339B2 (en) | Image forming apparatus | |
JP5459735B2 (en) | Image forming apparatus | |
JP2009205082A (en) | Imaging cartridge and image forming apparatus | |
JP7494605B2 (en) | Image forming device | |
JP2014025997A (en) | Image forming apparatus | |
JP2014025993A (en) | Image forming apparatus | |
JP2014025996A (en) | Image forming apparatus | |
JP6159855B2 (en) | Image forming apparatus |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 13822836 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 13822836 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |